Import cube_2005_08_29_src_zlib.zip

FossilOrigin-Name: ea7418102a3ee6b415e50bea95694727a4f62ae112b570a07310817614ea3063

enet/Doxyfile

@@ -0,0 +1,993 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.2.18
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
+# The format is:
+#       TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+#       TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# General configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 
+# by quotes) that should identify the project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = enet
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = 
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = docs
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 
+# Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, 
+# Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en 
+# (Japanese with english messages), Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, 
+# Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish and Ukrainian.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 
+# If set to NO (the default) these class will be included in the various 
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 
+# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 
+# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 
+# documentation.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = NO
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 
+# description.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all inherited 
+# members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those members were 
+# ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment operators of 
+# the base classes will not be shown.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 
+# can be used to strip a user defined part of the path. Stripping is 
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 
+# the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 
+# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 
+# file names in lower case letters. If set to YES upper case letters are also 
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 
+# users are adviced to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 
+# will put list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 
+# of that file.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 
+# comments  will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an 
+# explict @brief command for a brief description.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 
+# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 
+# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 
+# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 
+# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the DETAILS_AT_TOP tag is set to YES then Doxygen 
+# will output the detailed description near the top, like JavaDoc.
+# If set to NO, the detailed description appears after the member 
+# documentation.
+
+DETAILS_AT_TOP         = YES
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 
+# reimplements.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 8
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 
+# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 
+# will result in a user defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+
+ALIASES                = 
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 
+# the initial value of a variable or define consist of for it to appear in 
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources 
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 
+# For instance some of the names that are used will be different. The list 
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java sources 
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for Java. 
+# For instance namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified scopes 
+# will look different, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+QUIET                  = NO
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 
+# NO is used.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 
+# automatically be disabled.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 
+# warning originated and the warning text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 
+# to stderr.
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 
+# with spaces.
+
+INPUT                  = . include/enet docs
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 
+# blank the following patterns are tested: 
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx *.hpp 
+# *.h++ *.idl *.odl
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.c *.h *.dox
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 
+# If left blank NO is used.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Tests
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or directories 
+# that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded from the input.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 
+# certain files from those directories.
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 
+# the \include command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 
+# blank all files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = 
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 
+# the \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             = 
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 
+# to standard output.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           = 
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 
+# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) 
+# then for each documented function all documented 
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) 
+# then for each documented function all documented entities 
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate HTML output.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 
+# standard header.
+
+HTML_HEADER            = 
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            = 
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user defined cascading 
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 
+# will generate a default style sheet
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        = 
+
+# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 
+# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 
+# NO a bullet list will be used.
+
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm) 
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 
+# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 
+# written to the html output dir.
+
+CHM_FILE               = 
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 
+# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 
+# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non empty doxygen will try to run 
+# the html help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           = 
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 
+# to the contents of the Html help documentation and to the tree view.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 
+# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 
+# the value YES disables it.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+
+# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 
+# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
+
+# If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be
+# generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 
+# JavaScript and frames is required (for instance Mozilla, Netscape 4.0+, 
+# or Internet explorer 4.0+). Note that for large projects the tree generation 
+# can take a very long time. In such cases it is better to disable this feature. 
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 
+# is shown.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate Latex output.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 
+# default command name.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_HEADER           = 
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 
+# The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 
+# programs which support those fields. 
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 
+# config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide 
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate man pages
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this 
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 
+# moment.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_SCHEMA             = 
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_DTD                = 
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 
+# that captures the structure of the code including all 
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 
+# files.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 
+# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 
+# the preprocessor.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           = 
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 
+# be used.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 
+# omitted =1 is assumed.
+
+PREDEFINED             = FORCE_DOXYGEN
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_PREDEF_ONLY tags are set to YES then 
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 
+# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 
+# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the 
+# parser if not removed.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to external references   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
+
+TAGFILES               = 
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 
+# will be listed.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 
+# be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in Html, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base or 
+# super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this 
+# option is superceded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a fallback. It is 
+# recommended to install and use dot, since it yield more powerful graphs.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = YES
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 
+# or is not a class.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 
+# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 
+# other documented files.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 
+# indirectly include this file.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 
+# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 
+# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
+# If left blank png will be used.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path.
+
+DOT_PATH               = 
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 
+# \dotfile command).
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           = 
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width 
+# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than 
+# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within 
+# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very 
+# large images.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH    = 1024
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height 
+# (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than 
+# this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within 
+# the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very 
+# large images.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT   = 1024
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 
+# remove the intermedate dot files that are used to generate 
+# the various graphs.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::addtions related to the search engine   
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 
+# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# The CGI_NAME tag should be the name of the CGI script that 
+# starts the search engine (doxysearch) with the correct parameters. 
+# A script with this name will be generated by doxygen.
+
+CGI_NAME               = search.cgi
+
+# The CGI_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the 
+# cgi binaries are located. See the documentation of your http daemon for 
+# details.
+
+CGI_URL                = 
+
+# The DOC_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the 
+# documentation is located. If left blank the absolute path to the 
+# documentation, with file:// prepended to it, will be used.
+
+DOC_URL                = 
+
+# The DOC_ABSPATH tag should be the absolute path to the directory where the 
+# documentation is located. If left blank the directory on the local machine 
+# will be used.
+
+DOC_ABSPATH            = 
+
+# The BIN_ABSPATH tag must point to the directory where the doxysearch binary 
+# is installed.
+
+BIN_ABSPATH            = /usr/local/bin/
+
+# The EXT_DOC_PATHS tag can be used to specify one or more paths to 
+# documentation generated for other projects. This allows doxysearch to search 
+# the documentation for these projects as well.
+
+EXT_DOC_PATHS          = 

enet/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002 Lee Salzman
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

enet/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+lib_LIBRARIES = libenet.a
+libenet_a_SOURCES = host.c list.c callbacks.c packet.c peer.c protocol.c unix.c win32.c
+INCLUDES = -Iinclude/
+
+SUBDIRS = include

enet/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+SOURCES = $(libenet_a_SOURCES)
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = .
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = .
+DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/configure config.guess \
+	config.sub depcomp install-sh missing mkinstalldirs
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno configure.status.lineno
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"
+libLIBRARIES_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+LIBRARIES = $(lib_LIBRARIES)
+AR = ar
+ARFLAGS = cru
+libenet_a_AR = $(AR) $(ARFLAGS)
+libenet_a_LIBADD =
+am_libenet_a_OBJECTS = host.$(OBJEXT) list.$(OBJEXT) \
+	callbacks.$(OBJEXT) packet.$(OBJEXT) peer.$(OBJEXT) \
+	protocol.$(OBJEXT) unix.$(OBJEXT) win32.$(OBJEXT)
+libenet_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libenet_a_OBJECTS)
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+SOURCES = $(libenet_a_SOURCES)
+DIST_SOURCES = $(libenet_a_SOURCES)
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+	html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-exec-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	install-recursive installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive \
+	pdf-recursive ps-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
+	uninstall-recursive
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+am__remove_distdir = \
+  { test ! -d $(distdir) \
+    || { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+         && rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
+DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+lib_LIBRARIES = libenet.a
+libenet_a_SOURCES = host.c list.c callbacks.c packet.c peer.c protocol.c unix.c win32.c
+INCLUDES = -Iinclude/
+SUBDIRS = include
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+am--refresh:
+	@:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign '; \
+	      cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign  \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign  Makefile'; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign  Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
+	    $(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+install-libLIBRARIES: $(lib_LIBRARIES)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(libdir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"
+	@list='$(lib_LIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	    echo " $(libLIBRARIES_INSTALL) '$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f'"; \
+	    $(libLIBRARIES_INSTALL) "$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$f"; \
+	  else :; fi; \
+	done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(lib_LIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    p=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	    echo " $(RANLIB) '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$p'"; \
+	    $(RANLIB) "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$p"; \
+	  else :; fi; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-libLIBRARIES:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(lib_LIBRARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  p=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$p'"; \
+	  rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$$p"; \
+	done
+
+clean-libLIBRARIES:
+	-test -z "$(lib_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(lib_LIBRARIES)
+libenet.a: $(libenet_a_OBJECTS) $(libenet_a_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	-rm -f libenet.a
+	$(libenet_a_AR) libenet.a $(libenet_a_OBJECTS) $(libenet_a_LIBADD)
+	$(RANLIB) libenet.a
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/callbacks.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/host.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/list.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/packet.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/peer.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/protocol.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/unix.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/win32.Po@am__quote@
+
+.c.o:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	if $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo" -c -o $@ $<; \
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	then mv -f "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo" "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po"; else rm -f "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo"; exit 1; fi
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c $<
+
+.c.obj:
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	if $(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo" -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`; \
+@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@	then mv -f "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo" "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po"; else rm -f "$(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo"; exit 1; fi
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@	$(COMPILE) -c `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+	@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+ctags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  include_option=--etags-include; \
+	  empty_fix=.; \
+	else \
+	  include_option=--include; \
+	  empty_fix=; \
+	fi; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+	      tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	    $$tags $$unique; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+	  case $$file in \
+	    $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+	    $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	    distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	    top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	    (cd $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \
+	        distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+	|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+dist-gzip: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-tarZ: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-shar: distdir
+	shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-zip: distdir
+	-rm -f $(distdir).zip
+	zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all: distdir
+	tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
+	*.tar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.bz2*) \
+	  bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.tar.Z*) \
+	  uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
+	*.shar.gz*) \
+	  GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
+	*.zip*) \
+	  unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
+	esac
+	chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)/_build
+	mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
+	chmod a-w $(distdir)
+	dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
+	  && dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
+	  && cd $(distdir)/_build \
+	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
+	    $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
+	        distuninstallcheck \
+	  && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
+	  && ({ \
+	       (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
+	       && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
+	            distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
+	      } || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
+	  && rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
+	  && rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
+	  list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
+	  sed -e '1{h;s/./=/g;p;x;}' -e '$${p;x;}'
+distuninstallcheck:
+	@cd $(distuninstallcheck_dir) \
+	&& test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
+	   || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+	        if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
+	          echo "  (check DESTDIR support)"; \
+	        fi ; \
+	        $(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
+	        exit 1; } >&2
+distcleancheck: distclean
+	@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+	  echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+	  exit 1 ; \
+	fi
+	@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+	  || { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
+	       $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+	       exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES)
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-libLIBRARIES mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
+	distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am: install-libLIBRARIES
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+	-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
+	-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
+	-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libLIBRARIES
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am am--refresh check \
+	check-am clean clean-generic clean-libLIBRARIES \
+	clean-recursive ctags ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \
+	dist-gzip dist-shar dist-tarZ dist-zip distcheck distclean \
+	distclean-compile distclean-generic distclean-recursive \
+	distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-libLIBRARIES install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+	tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-libLIBRARIES
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

enet/README

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Please visit the ENet homepage at http://enet.bespin.org for installation
+and usage instructions.
+
+If you obtained this package from CVS, the quick description on how to build
+is:
+
+# Generate the build system.
+
+aclocal && automake -a -c --foreign && autoconf
+
+# Compile and install the library.
+
+./configure && make && make install
+
+See pyenet/readme.txt for further information on Ling Lo's Python wrapper for
+ENet.

enet/api.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+enet.h - The file that should be included to use the ENet API.
+
+enet_uint8 - unsigned 8 bit integer
+enet_uint16 - unsigned 16 bit integer
+enet_uint32 - unsigned 32 bit integer
+
+typedef struct
+{  
+  enet_uint32 host; 
+  enet_uint16 port; 
+} ENetAddress;
+      
+  Portable internet address structure. The host must be specified in network 
+byte-order, and the port must be in host byte-order. The constant ENET_HOST_ANY
+may be used to specify the default server host.
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  enet_uint32 flags;
+  enet_uint8 * data;
+  size_t dataLength;
+} ENetPacket;
+
+  An ENet data packet that may be sent to or received from a peer. The shown fields
+should only be read and never modified. The data field contains the allocated data
+for the packet. The dataLength fields specifies the length of the allocated data.
+The flags field is either 0 (specifying no flags), or a bitwise-or of any
+combination of the following flags:
+  
+  ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE -   
+  
+      Specifies that the packet must be received by the target peer and that resend
+    attempts should be made should delivery of the packet fail.
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  ENetAddress address;
+  void * data;
+  size_t channelCount;
+  enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth;
+  enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth;
+  enet_uint32 roundTripTime;
+  enet_uint32 packetLoss;
+} ENetPeer;
+
+  An ENet peer which data packets may be sent or received from. No fields should be
+modified unless otherwise specified. The address field contains the internet address 
+of the peer. The data fields may be used to associate any desired data with the peer 
+and may be freely modified. The channelCount field tells the number of channels that
+have been allocated for use to communnicate with the peer. The incomingBandwidth field
+specifies the downstream bandwidth of the client in bytes per second. The 
+outgoingBandwidth field specifies the upstream bandwidth of the client in bytes per
+second. The roundTripTime field tells the mean round trip time from the sending of
+a reliable packet until the receipt of its acknowledgement in milliseconds. The
+packetLoss field tells the mean packet loss of reliable packets as a ratio with
+respect to the constant ENET_PEER_PACKET_LOSS_SCALE.
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_NONE,
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT,
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT,
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE
+} ENetEventType;
+
+typedef struct _ENetEvent
+{
+   ENetEventType        type;
+   ENetPeer *           peer;
+   enet_uint8                channelID;
+   ENetPacket *         packet;
+} ENetEvent;
+
+  An ENet event as returned by enet_host_service. The type field contains the type
+of the event, which may be any one of the following:
+  
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_NONE - No event occurred within the specified time limit.
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT - 
+    
+    A connection request initiated by enet_host_connect has completed. The peer field
+  contains the peer which successfully connected.
+
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT -
+    
+    A peer has disconnected. This event is generated on successful completion of a
+  disconnect iniated by enet_peer_disconnect, if a peer has timed out, or if a
+  connection request initialized by enet_host_connect has timed out. The peer field
+  contains the peer which disconnected.
+
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE -
+    
+    A packet has been received from a peer. The peer field specifies the peer which
+  send the packet. The channelID field specifies the channel number upon which the
+  packet was received. The packet field contains the packet that was destroyed; this
+  packet must be destroyed with enet_packet_destroy after use.
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  ENetAddress address;
+  enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth;
+  enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth;
+  ENetPeer * peers;
+  size_t peerCount;
+} ENetHost;
+
+  An ENet host for communicating with peers. No fields should be modified. The address 
+field tells the internet address of the host. The incomingBandwidth field tells the downstream
+bandwidth of the host. The outgoingBandwidth field specifies the upstream bandwidth of the host.
+The peers field contains an array of the peers that have been allocated for this host. The 
+peerCount field specifies the number of peers that have been allocated for this host.
+
+unsigned ENET_HOST_TO_NET_8 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (unsigned);
+
+  Macros that convert from host byte-order to network byte-order (big
+endian) for unsigned integers of 8 bits, 16 bits, and 32 bits repectively. 
+
+unsigned ENET_NET_TO_HOST_8 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_NET_TO_HOST_32 (unsigned);
+
+  Macros that convert from network byte-order (big endian) to host 
+byte-order for unsigned integers of 8 bits, 16 bits, and 32 bits repectively.
+
+enet_uint32 enet_time_get (void);
+
+  Returns the wall-time in milliseconds. Its initial value is unspecified unless
+otherwise set.
+
+void enet_time_set (enet_uint32);
+
+  Sets the current wall-time in milliseconds.
+
+int enet_initialize (void);
+
+  Initialize ENet for use. Must be called prior to using any functions in ENet.
+Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+void enet_deinitialize (void);
+
+  Clean-up ENet after use. Should be called when a program that has initialized
+and used ENet exits.
+
+int enet_address_set_host (ENetAddress * address, const char * hostName);
+
+  Attempts to resolve the host named by the parameter hostName and sets the host
+field in the address parameter if successful. Returns 0 on success and -1 on
+failure.
+
+int enet_address_get_host (const ENetAddress * address, char * hostName, size_t nameLength);
+
+  Attempts to do a reverse lookup of the host field in the address parameter.
+If successful, the name of the host is placed in the string described by
+hostName and nameLength. The host name is always null-delimited and will
+not exceed nameLength in length. Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+ENetPacket * enet_packet_create (const void * dataContents, size_t dataLength, enet_uint32 flags);
+
+  Creates a packet that may be sent to a peer. The dataContents parameter
+specifies the initial contents of the packet's data; the packet's data will
+remain uninitialized if dataContents is NULL. The dataLength parameter specifies
+the size of the data that is allocated for this packet. The flags parameter
+specifies flags for this packet as described for the ENetPacket structure.
+Returns the packet on success and NULL on failure.
+
+void enet_packet_destroy (ENetPacket * packet);
+
+  Destroys the packet and deallocates its data.
+
+int enet_packet_resize (ENetPacket * packet, size_t dataLength);
+
+  Attempts to resize the data in the packet to the length specified in the
+dataLength parameter. Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+ENetHost * enet_host_create (const ENetAddress * address, size_t peerCount, enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth, enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth);
+
+  Creates a host for communicating with peers. The address parameter specifies 
+the address at which other peers may connect to this host; if the address parameter
+is NULL, then no peers may connect to the host. The peerCount parameter specifies
+the numbers of peers that should be allocated for the host; this limits the maximum
+number of peers that may connect to this host to peerCount. The incomingBandwidth
+parameter specifies the downstream bandwidth of the host in bytes per second; if
+the incomingBandwidth parameter is 0, ENet will assume the host has unlimited
+downstream bandwidth. The outgoingBandwidth parameter specifies the upstream bandwidth
+of the host in bytes per second; if the outgoingBandwidth parameter is 0, ENet will
+assume the host has unlimited upstream bandwidth. ENet will strategically drop packets
+on specific sides of a connection between hosts to ensure the host's bandwidth is not
+overwhelmed; the bandwidth parameters also determine the window size of a connection
+which limits the amount of reliable packets that may be in transit at any given time.
+Returns the host on success and NULL on failure.
+
+void enet_host_destroy (ENetHost * host);
+
+  Destroys the host and all resources associated with it.
+
+ENetPeer * enet_host_connect (ENetHost * host, const ENetAddress * address, size_t channelCount);
+  
+  Initiates a connection from the host specified in the host parameter to a foreign 
+host whose internet address is specified by the address parameter. The channelCount 
+parameter specifies the number of channels that should be allocated for communicating 
+with the foreign host. Returns a peer representing the foreign host on success and NULL
+on failure. The peer returned will have not completed the connection until enet_host_service
+notifies of an ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT event for the peer.
+
+int enet_host_service (ENetHost * host, ENetEvent * event, enet_uint32 timeout);
+
+  Waits for events on the host specified by the host parameters and shuttles packets 
+between the host and its peers. The event parameter specifies an event structure
+where event details will be placed if one occurs. The timeout field specifies an
+amount of time in milliseconds that ENet should wait for events. Returns 1 if an
+event occured within the specified time limit, 0 if no event occurred within the 
+time limit, and -1 on failure. This function must be called frequently for adequate
+performance.
+
+void enet_host_flush (ENetHost * host);
+
+  Sends out any queued packets on the host specified in the host parameters to
+the designated peers. This function need only be used in circumstances where one
+wishes to send queued packets earlier than in a call to enet_host_service.
+
+void enet_host_broadcast (ENetHost * host, enet_uint8 channelID, ENetPacket * packet);
+
+  Queues a packet to be sent to all peers on the host specified in the host parameter
+over the channel number identified by the channelID parameter.
+
+void enet_host_bandwidth_limit (ENetHost * host, enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth, enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth);
+
+  Adjusts the bandwidth limits of the host specified in the host parameter. The
+incomingBandwidth and outgoingBandwidth parameters are as specified in a call to 
+enet_host_create.
+
+int enet_peer_send (ENetPeer * peer, enet_uint8 channelID, ENetPacket * packet);
+
+  Queues a packet to be sent to the peer specified by the peer parameter over the
+channel number identified by the channelID parameter. Returns 0 on success and -1
+on failure.
+
+ENetPacket * enet_peer_receive (ENetPeer * peer, enet_uint8 channelID);
+
+  Attempts to dequeue any incoming queued packets on the peer specified by the peer
+parameter on the channel number identified by the channelID parameter. Returns a packet
+if one is available and NULL if there are no available incoming queued packets.
+
+void enet_peer_ping (ENetPeer * peer);
+  
+  Sends a ping request to the peer specified by the peer parameter. Ping requests factor
+into the mean round trip time as designated by the roundTripTime field in the ENetPeer
+structure. ENet automatically pings all connected peer at an interval, however, this 
+function may be called to ensure more frequent ping requests.
+
+void enet_peer_reset (ENetPeer * peer);
+
+  Forcefully disconnects the peer specified by the peer parameter. The foreign host 
+represented by the peer is not notified of the disconnection and so will timeout on its
+connection to the local host.
+
+void enet_peer_disconnect (ENetPeer * peer);
+
+  Request a disconnection from the peer specified by the peer parameter. An
+ENET_EVENT_DISCONNECT event will be generated by enet_host_service once the
+disconnection is complete.
+
+void enet_peer_throttle_configure (ENetPeer * peer, enet_uint32 interval, enet_uint32 acceleration, enet_uint32 deceleration);
+
+  Configures throttle parameter for the peer specified by the peer parameter.
+Unreliable packets are dropped by ENet in response to the varying conditions of
+the internet connection to the peer. The throttle represents a probability that
+an unreliable packet should not be dropped and thus sent by ENet to the peer.
+The lowest mean round trip time from the sending of a reliable packet to the 
+receipt of its acknowledgement is measured over an amount of time specified 
+by the interval parameter in milliseconds; the constant ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_INTERVAL
+is the default value for this parameter. If a measured round trip time happens 
+to be signifigantly less than the mean round trip time measured over the interval, 
+then the throttle probability is increased to allow more traffic by an amount
+specified in the acceleration parameter which is in ratio to the
+ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE constant. If a measured round trip time happens
+to be signifigantly greater than the mean round trip time measured over the interval,
+then the throttle probability is decreased to limit traffic by an amount specified
+in the deceleration parameter which is in ratio to the ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE
+constant. When the throttle has a value of ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE, no unreliable
+packets are dropped by ENET, and so 100% of all unreliable packets will be sent. When the 
+throttle has a value of 0, all unreliable packets are dropped by ENet, and so 0% of all
+unreliable packets will be sent. Intermediate values for the throttle represent intermediate
+probabilities between 0% and 100% of unreliable packets being sent. The bandwidth limits
+of the local and foreign host are taken into account to determine a sensible limit for
+the throttle probability above which it should not raise even in the best of conditions.
+
+
+

enet/callbacks.c

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/** 
+ @file callbacks.c
+ @brief ENet callback functions
+*/
+#define ENET_BUILDING_LIB 1
+#include "enet/enet.h"
+
+static ENetCallbacks callbacks = { malloc, free, rand };
+
+int
+enet_initialize_with_callbacks (ENetVersion version, const ENetCallbacks * inits)
+{
+   if (version != ENET_VERSION)
+     return -1;
+
+   if (inits -> malloc != NULL || inits -> free != NULL)
+   {
+      if (inits -> malloc == NULL || inits -> free == NULL)
+        return -1;
+
+      callbacks.malloc = inits -> malloc;
+      callbacks.free = inits -> free;
+   }
+      
+   if (inits -> rand != NULL)
+     callbacks.rand = inits -> rand;
+
+   return enet_initialize ();
+}
+           
+void *
+enet_malloc (size_t size)
+{
+   void * memory = callbacks.malloc (size);
+
+   if (memory == NULL)
+     abort ();
+
+   return memory;
+}
+
+void
+enet_free (void * memory)
+{
+   callbacks.free (memory);
+}
+
+int
+enet_rand (void)
+{
+   return callbacks.rand ();
+}
+

enet/configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+AC_INIT(libenet, 7-18-2005)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(libenet.a, 7-18-2005)
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R)])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R)])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(poll, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_POLL)])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(fcntl, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_FCNTL)])
+
+AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct msghdr.msg_flags, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_MSGHDR_FLAGS)], , [#include <sys/socket.h>])
+
+AC_CHECK_TYPE(socklen_t, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_SOCKLEN_T)], , 
+              #include <sys/types.h>
+              #include <sys/socket.h>
+)
+
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(MSG_MAXIOVLEN, /usr/include/sys/socket.h, AC_DEFINE(ENET_BUFFER_MAXIMUM, [MSG_MAXIOVLEN]))
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(MSG_MAXIOVLEN, socket.h, AC_DEFINE(ENET_BUFFER_MAXIMUM, [MSG_MAXIOVLEN]))
+
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile include/Makefile include/enet/Makefile])

enet/depcomp

@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2004-05-31.23
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+esac
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+   dashmflag=-xM
+   depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+
+gcc)
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+##   than renaming).
+  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+    gccflag=-MD,
+  fi
+  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+hp)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+sgi)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+
+    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
+    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+    # dependency line.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
+    tr '
+' ' ' >> $depfile
+    echo >> $depfile
+
+    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+    tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+   >> $depfile
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+aix)
+  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
+  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
+  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
+  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    "$@" -Wc,-M
+  else
+    "$@" -M
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
+  else
+    stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
+    tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
+  fi
+
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    outname="$stripped.o"
+    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+icc)
+  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
+  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
+  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
+  # which is wrong.  We want:
+  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
+  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
+  #    sub/foo.c:
+  #    sub/foo.h:
+  # ICC 7.1 will output
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+  #     sub/foo.h ... \
+  #     ...
+
+  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
+   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+   # Subdirectories are respected.
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+
+   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+      # Dependencies are output in .lo.d with libtool 1.4.
+      # With libtool 1.5 they are output both in $dir.libs/$base.o.d
+      # and in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and $dir$base.o.d.  We process the
+      # latter, because the former will be cleaned when $dir.libs is
+      # erased.
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.o.d"
+      tmpdepfile3="$dir.libs/$base.d"
+      "$@" -Wc,-MD
+   else
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
+      tmpdepfile3="$dir$base.d"
+      "$@" -MD
+   fi
+
+   stat=$?
+   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+   else
+      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+      exit $stat
+   fi
+
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
+   elif test -f "$tmpdepfile2"; then
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
+   else
+      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile3"
+   fi
+   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
+      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+   else
+      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+   fi
+   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+   ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
+  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
+  "$@" $dashmflag |
+    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
+  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
+makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # Remove any Libtool call
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no
+  for arg in "$@"; do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
+    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+    -*|$object)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+' | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+  ;;
+
+cpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E |
+    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
+    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+	set fnord "$@"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    *)
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  done
+  "$@" -E |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
+  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+none)
+  exec "$@"
+  ;;
+
+*)
+  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:

enet/design.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+* Why ENet?
+
+    ENet evolved specifically as a UDP networking layer for the multiplayer 
+first person shooter Cube. Cube necessitated low latency communcation with
+data sent out very frequently, so TCP was an unsuitable choice due to its
+high latency and stream orientation. UDP, however, lacks many sometimes 
+necessary features from TCP such as reliability, sequencing, unrestricted
+packet sizes, and connection management. So UDP by itself was not suitable
+as a network protocol either. No suitable freely available networking 
+libraries existed at the time of ENet's creation to fill this niche.
+
+    UDP and TCP could have been used together in Cube to benefit somewhat
+from both of their features, however, the resulting combinations of protocols
+still leaves much to be desired. TCP lacks multiple streams of communication
+without resorting to opening many sockets and complicates delineation of 
+packets due to its buffering behavior. UDP lacks sequencing, connection 
+management, management of bandwidth resources, and imposes limitations on
+the size of packets. A significant investment is required to integrate these 
+two protocols, and the end result is worse off in features and performance 
+than the uniform protocol presented by ENet.
+
+    ENet thus attempts to address these issues and provide a single, uniform
+protocol layered over UDP to the developer with the best features of UDP and 
+TCP as well as some useful features neither provide, with a much cleaner 
+integration than any resulting from a mixture of UDP and TCP.
+
+* Connection management
+
+    ENet provides a simple connection interface over which to communicate
+with a foreign host. The liveness of the connection is actively monitored
+by pinging the foreign host at frequent intervals, and also monitors the
+network conditions from the local host to the foreign host such as the
+mean round trip time and packet loss in this fashion.
+
+* Sequencing
+    
+    Rather than a single byte stream that complicates the delineation 
+of packets, ENet presents connections as multiple, properly sequenced packet
+streams that simplify the transfer of various types of data.
+
+    ENet provides sequencing for all packets by assigning to each sent 
+packet a sequence number that is incremented as packets are sent. ENet 
+guarentees that no packet with a higher sequence number will be delivered 
+before a packet with a lower sequence number, thus ensuring packets are 
+delivered exactly in the order they are sent. 
+
+    For unreliable packets, ENet will simply discard the lower sequence 
+number packet if a packet with a higher sequence number has already been 
+delivered. This allows the packets to be dispatched immediately as they
+arrive, and reduce latency of unreliable packets to an absolute minimum.
+For reliable packets, if a higher sequence number packet arrives, but the 
+preceding packets in the sequence have not yet arrived, ENet will stall 
+delivery of the higher sequence number packets until its predecessors
+have arrived.
+
+* Channels
+
+    Since ENet will stall delivery of reliable packets to ensure proper
+sequencing, and consequently any packets of higher sequence number whether 
+reliable or unreliable, in the event the reliable packet's predecessors 
+have not yet arrived, this can introduce latency into the delivery of other 
+packets which may not need to be as strictly ordered with respect to the 
+packet that stalled their delivery.
+
+    To combat this latency and reduce the ordering restrictions on packets,
+ENet provides multiple channels of communication over a given connection.
+Each channel is independently sequenced, and so the delivery status of
+a packet in one channel will not stall the delivery of other packets
+in another channel.
+
+* Reliability
+
+    ENet provides optional reliability of packet delivery by ensuring the 
+foreign host acknowledges receipt of all reliable packets. ENet will attempt 
+to resend the packet up to a reasonable amount of times, if no acknowledgement
+of the packet's receipt happens within a specified timeout. Retry timeouts
+are progressive and become more lenient with every failed attempt to allow
+for temporary turbulence in network conditions.
+
+* Fragmentation and reassembly
+
+    ENet will send and deliver packets regardless of size. Large packets are
+fragmented into many smaller packets of suitable size, and reassembled on
+the foreign host to recover the original packet for delivery. The process
+is entirely transparent to the developer.
+
+* Aggregation
+
+    ENet aggregates all protocol commands, including acknowledgements and
+packet transfer, into larger protocol packets to ensure the proper utilization
+of the connection and to limit the opportunities for packet loss that might
+otherwise result in further delivery latency.
+
+* Adaptability
+
+    ENet provides an in-flight data window for reliable packets to ensure
+connections are not overwhelmed by volumes of packets. It also provides a
+static bandwidth allocation mechanism to ensure the total volume of packets
+sent and received to a host don't exceed the host's capabilities. Further,
+ENet also provides a dynamic throttle that responds to deviations from normal
+network connections to rectify various types of network congestion by further
+limiting the volume of packets sent.
+
+* Portability
+    
+    ENet works on Windows and any other Unix or Unix-like platform providing
+a BSD sockets interface. The library has a small and stable code base that
+can easily be extended to support other platforms and integrates easily.
+
+* Freedom
+
+    ENet demands no royalties and doesn't carry a viral license that would
+restrict you in how you might use it in your programs. ENet is licensed under
+a short-and-sweet MIT-style license, which gives you the freedom to do anything 
+you want with it (well, almost anything).
+
+

enet/docs/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+/FAQ.dox/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:38:18 2004//
+/design.dox/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:38:18 2004//
+/install.dox/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:38:18 2004//
+/license.dox/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:38:18 2004//
+/mainpage.dox/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/tutorial.dox/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+D

enet/docs/CVS/Entries.Extra

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/FAQ.dox////*///
+/design.dox////*///
+/install.dox////*///
+/license.dox////*///
+/mainpage.dox////*///
+/tutorial.dox////*///

enet/docs/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sauerbraten/enet/docs

enet/docs/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:ext:aardappel@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/sauerbraten

enet/docs/FAQ.dox

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/**
+ @page FAQ Frequently Answered Questions
+
+@section Q1 Is ENet thread safe?
+
+ENet does not use any significant global variables, the vast majority
+of state is encapsulated in the ENetHost structure.  As such, as long
+as the application guards access to this structure, then ENet should
+operate fine in a multithreaded environment.
+   
+@section Q2 Isn't ENet just re-inventing TCP?!  What's the point?
+
+In a perfect world, that would be true.  But as many have found, using
+TCP either in lieu of or in conjunction with UDP can lead to all kinds
+of nightmares.  TCP is a good, solid protocol, however it simply isn't
+up to the task of real-time games.  Too much of TCP's implementation
+dictates a policy that isn't practical for games.  If you want to use
+TCP, then do so -- this library is for people that either don't want
+to use TCP or have tried and ended up being discouraged with the
+performance.
+
+*/
+
+

enet/docs/design.dox

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/**
+@page Features Features and Architecture
+
+ENet evolved specifically as a UDP networking layer for the
+multiplayer first person shooter Cube. Cube necessitated low latency
+communcation with data sent out very frequently, so TCP was an
+unsuitable choice due to its high latency and stream orientation. UDP,
+however, lacks many sometimes necessary features from TCP such as
+reliability, sequencing, unrestricted packet sizes, and connection
+management. So UDP by itself was not suitable as a network protocol
+either. No suitable freely available networking libraries existed at
+the time of ENet's creation to fill this niche.
+
+UDP and TCP could have been used together in Cube to benefit somewhat
+from both of their features, however, the resulting combinations of
+protocols still leaves much to be desired. TCP lacks multiple streams
+of communication without resorting to opening many sockets and
+complicates delineation of packets due to its buffering behavior. UDP
+lacks sequencing, connection management, management of bandwidth
+resources, and imposes limitations on the size of packets. A
+significant investment is required to integrate these two protocols,
+and the end result is worse off in features and performance than the
+uniform protocol presented by ENet.
+
+ENet thus attempts to address these issues and provide a single,
+uniform protocol layered over UDP to the developer with the best
+features of UDP and TCP as well as some useful features neither
+provide, with a much cleaner integration than any resulting from a
+mixture of UDP and TCP.
+
+@section CM Connection Management
+
+ENet provides a simple connection interface over which to communicate
+with a foreign host. The liveness of the connection is actively
+monitored by pinging the foreign host at frequent intervals, and also
+monitors the network conditions from the local host to the foreign
+host such as the mean round trip time and packet loss in this fashion.
+
+@section Sequencing Sequencing
+    
+Rather than a single byte stream that complicates the delineation of
+packets, ENet presents connections as multiple, properly sequenced
+packet streams that simplify the transfer of various types of data.
+
+ENet provides sequencing for all packets by assigning to each sent
+packet a sequence number that is incremented as packets are sent. ENet
+guarentees that no packet with a higher sequence number will be
+delivered before a packet with a lower sequence number, thus ensuring
+packets are delivered exactly in the order they are sent.
+
+For unreliable packets, ENet will simply discard the lower sequence
+number packet if a packet with a higher sequence number has already
+been delivered. This allows the packets to be dispatched immediately
+as they arrive, and reduce latency of unreliable packets to an
+absolute minimum.  For reliable packets, if a higher sequence number
+packet arrives, but the preceding packets in the sequence have not yet
+arrived, ENet will stall delivery of the higher sequence number
+packets until its predecessors have arrived.
+
+@section Channels Channels
+
+Since ENet will stall delivery of reliable packets to ensure proper
+sequencing, and consequently any packets of higher sequence number
+whether reliable or unreliable, in the event the reliable packet's
+predecessors have not yet arrived, this can introduce latency into the
+delivery of other packets which may not need to be as strictly ordered
+with respect to the packet that stalled their delivery.
+
+To combat this latency and reduce the ordering restrictions on
+packets, ENet provides multiple channels of communication over a given
+connection.  Each channel is independently sequenced, and so the
+delivery status of a packet in one channel will not stall the delivery
+of other packets in another channel.
+
+@section Reliability Reliability
+
+ENet provides optional reliability of packet delivery by ensuring the
+foreign host acknowledges receipt of all reliable packets. ENet will
+attempt to resend the packet up to a reasonable amount of times, if no
+acknowledgement of the packet's receipt happens within a specified
+timeout. Retry timeouts are progressive and become more lenient with
+every failed attempt to allow for temporary turbulence in network
+conditions.
+
+@section FaR Fragmentation and Reassembly
+
+ENet will send and deliver packets regardless of size. Large packets
+are fragmented into many smaller packets of suitable size, and
+reassembled on the foreign host to recover the original packet for
+delivery. The process is entirely transparent to the developer.
+
+@section Aggregation Aggregation
+
+ENet aggregates all protocol commands, including acknowledgements and
+packet transfer, into larger protocol packets to ensure the proper
+utilization of the connection and to limit the opportunities for
+packet loss that might otherwise result in further delivery latency.
+
+@section Adaptability Adaptability
+
+ENet provides an in-flight data window for reliable packets to ensure
+connections are not overwhelmed by volumes of packets. It also
+provides a static bandwidth allocation mechanism to ensure the total
+volume of packets sent and received to a host don't exceed the host's
+capabilities. Further, ENet also provides a dynamic throttle that
+responds to deviations from normal network connections to rectify
+various types of network congestion by further limiting the volume of
+packets sent.
+
+@section Portability Portability
+    
+ENet works on Windows and any other Unix or Unix-like platform
+providing a BSD sockets interface. The library has a small and stable
+code base that can easily be extended to support other platforms and
+integrates easily.  ENet makes no assumptions about the underlying
+platform's endianess or word size.
+
+@section Freedom Freedom
+
+ENet demands no royalties and doesn't carry a viral license that would
+restrict you in how you might use it in your programs. ENet is
+licensed under a short-and-sweet MIT-style license, which gives you
+the freedom to do anything you want with it (well, almost anything).
+
+*/
+

enet/docs/install.dox

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/**
+@page Installation Installation
+
+ENet should be trivially simple to integrate with most applications.
+First, make sure you download the latest source distribution here @ref
+SourceDistro.
+
+@section Unix Unix-like Operating Systems
+
+[to be completed]
+
+@subsection SolarisBSD Solaris and BSD
+
+When building ENet under Solaris, you must specify the -lsocket and
+-lnsl parameters to your compiler to ensure that the sockets library
+is linked in.
+
+@section Windows Microsoft Windows
+
+Using MSVC 6 under Windows simply drag all the ENet source files into
+your main project or, better yet, create a new static library project
+and make your executable dependent (Project|Dependencies) on ENet.
+There is also an enet.dsp provided.
+
+You will have to link to the Winsock2 libraries, so make sure to add
+ws2_32.lib to your library list (Project Settings | Link |
+Object/library modules).
+
+@subsection DLL DLL
+
+If you wish to build ENet as a DLL you must first define ENET_DLL
+within the project (Project Settings | C/C++ | Preprocessor |
+Preprocessor definitions) or, more invasively, simply define ENET_DLL
+at the top of enet.h.
+
+*/
+

enet/docs/license.dox

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/**
+ @page License License
+ 
+Copyright (c) 2002 Lee Salzman
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+

enet/docs/mainpage.dox

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/** @mainpage enet
+ <center>http://enet.bespin.org</center>
+ <hr>
+
+ENet's purpose is to provide a relatively thin, simple and robust
+network communication layer on top of UDP (User Datagram Protocol).
+The primary feature it provides is optional reliable, in-order
+delivery of packets.
+
+ENet is NOT intended to be a general purpose high level networking
+library that handles authentication, lobbying, server discovery,
+compression, encryption and other high level, often application level
+or dependent tasks.
+
+@ref Features
+
+@ref SourceDistro
+
+@ref Installation
+
+@ref Tutorial
+
+@ref MailingList
+
+@ref Extending
+
+@ref FAQ
+
+@ref License
+
+ */
+
+/**
+@page SourceDistro Source Distribution
+
+You can retrieve the source to ENet by downloading it in either .zip
+form, .tar.gz form, or accessing the cvs distribution directly.
+
+The most recent CVS can be downloaded <a href="http://enet.bespin.org/download/enet.tar.gz">here</a>
+
+To access ENet via anonymous CVS, you must use the CVSROOT
+:pserver:anonymous\@bespin.org:/var/lib/cvs/enet with an empty
+password.
+
+@code
+	$ cvs -z3 -d :pserver:anonymous@bespin.org:/var/lib/cvs/enet login
+@endcode
+	Hit the return key when prompted for a password.
+@code
+	$ cvs -z3 -d :pserver:anonymous@bespin.org:/var/lib/cvs/enet co -l .
+	$ cvs -z3 co enet
+@endcode
+
+This will create a CVS directory in the current directory, and with
+the second command will proceed to check the enet module out of CVS.
+Any problems with CVS access or request for write access should be
+sent via email to @ref MailingList.
+
+*/
+
+/**
+@page Extending Extending and Modifying ENet
+
+Since ENet is distributed in source form, you can easily extend and
+modify it to suit your needs.  For example, some users prefer to use
+their own memory management routines and can thus replace the
+appropriate functions in memory.c
+
+*/
+
+/**
+@page MailingList ENet Related Mailing Lists
+
+The <a
+href="http://lists.cubik.org/mailman/listinfo/enet-discuss">
+enet-discuss</a> list is for discussion of ENet, including bug reports
+or feature requests.
+
+The CVS commits are also sent to <a
+href="http://lists.cubik.org/mailman/listinfo/enet-cvs">enet-cvs</a>,
+so feel free to subscribe if you want to keep up with the latest
+developments.
+
+*/

enet/docs/tutorial.dox

@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/**
+@page Tutorial Tutorial
+
+@ref Initialization
+
+@ref CreateServer
+
+@ref CreateClient
+
+@ref ManageHost
+
+@ref SendingPacket
+
+@ref Disconnecting
+
+@ref Connecting
+
+@section Initialization Initialization
+
+Before using ENet, you must call enet_initialize() to initialize the
+library. Upon program exit, you should call enet_deinitialize() so
+that the library may clean up any used resources.
+
+@code
+int 
+main (int argc, char ** argv) 
+{
+    if (enet_initialize () != 0)
+    {
+        fprintf (stderr, "An error occurred while initializing ENet.\n");
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+    atexit (enet_deinitialize);
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+}
+@endcode
+        
+@section CreateServer Creating an ENet server
+
+Servers in ENet are constructed with enet_host_create(). You must
+specify an address on which to receive data and new connections, as
+well as the maximum allowable numbers of connected peers. You may
+optionally specify the incoming and outgoing bandwidth of the server
+in bytes per second so that ENet may try to statically manage
+bandwidth resources among connected peers in addition to its dynamic
+throttling algorithm; specifying 0 for these two options will cause
+ENet to rely entirely upon its dynamic throttling algorithm to manage
+bandwidth.
+
+When done with a host, the host may be destroyed with
+enet_host_destroy().  All connected peers to the host will be reset,
+and the resources used by the host will be freed.
+
+@code
+    ENetAddress address;
+    ENetHost * server;
+
+    /* Bind the server to the default localhost.     */
+    /* A specific host address can be specified by   */
+    /* enet_address_set_host (& address, "x.x.x.x"); */
+
+    address.host = ENET_HOST_ANY;
+    /* Bind the server to port 1234. */
+    address.port = 1234;
+
+    server = enet_host_create (& address /* the address to bind the server host to */, 
+                                 32      /* allow up to 32 clients and/or outgoing connections */,
+                                  0      /* assume any amount of incoming bandwidth */,
+                                  0      /* assume any amount of outgoing bandwidth */);
+    if (server == NULL)
+    {
+        fprintf (stderr, 
+                 "An error occurred while trying to create an ENet server host.\n");
+        exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+    enet_host_destroy(server);
+@endcode
+
+@section CreateClient Creating an ENet client
+
+Clients in ENet are similarly constructed with enet_host_create() when
+no address is specified to bind the host to. Bandwidth may be
+specified for the client host as in the above example. The peer count
+controls the maximum number of connections to other server hosts that
+may be simultaneously open.
+
+@code
+    ENetHost * client;
+
+    client = enet_host_create (NULL /* create a client host */,
+                1 /* only allow 1 outgoing connection */,
+                57600 / 8 /* 56K modem with 56 Kbps downstream bandwidth */,
+                14400 / 8 /* 56K modem with 14 Kbps upstream bandwidth */);
+
+    if (client == NULL)
+    {
+        fprintf (stderr, 
+                 "An error occurred while trying to create an ENet client host.\n");
+        exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+    enet_host_destroy(client);
+@endcode
+
+@section ManageHost Managing an ENet host
+
+ENet uses a polled event model to notify the programmer of significant
+events. ENet hosts are polled for events with enet_host_service(),
+where an optional timeout value in milliseconds may be specified to
+control how long ENet will poll; if a timeout of 0 is specified,
+enet_host_service() will return immediately if there are no events to
+dispatch. enet_host_service() will return 1 if an event was dispatched
+within the specified timeout.
+
+Currently there are only four types of significant events in ENet:
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_NONE is returned if no event occurred
+within the specified time limit. enet_host_service() will return 0
+with this event.
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT is returned when either a new client
+host has connected to the server host or when an attempt to establish a 
+connection with a foreign host has succeeded. Only the "peer" field of the 
+event structure is valid for this event and contains the newly connected peer.
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE is returned when a packet is received
+from a connected peer. The "peer" field contains the peer the packet was 
+received from, "channelID" is the channel on which the packet was sent, and 
+"packet" is the packet that was sent. The packet contained in the "packet" 
+field must be destroyed with enet_packet_destroy() when you are done 
+inspecting its contents.
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT is returned when a connected peer
+has either explicitly disconnected or timed out. Only the "peer" field of the
+event structure is valid for this event and contains the peer that 
+disconnected. Only the "data" field of the peer is still valid on a 
+disconnect event and must be explicitly reset.
+
+@code
+    ENetEvent event;
+    
+    /* Wait up to 1000 milliseconds for an event. */
+    while (enet_host_service (client, & event, 1000) > 0)
+    {
+        switch (event.type)
+        {
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT:
+            printf ("A new client connected from %x:%u.\n", 
+                    event.peer -> address.host,
+                    event.peer -> address.port);
+
+            /* Store any relevant client information here. */
+            event.peer -> data = "Client information";
+
+            break;
+
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE:
+            printf ("A packet of length %u containing %s was received from %s on channel %u.\n",
+                    event.packet -> dataLength,
+                    event.packet -> data,
+                    event.peer -> data,
+                    event.channelID);
+
+            /* Clean up the packet now that we're done using it. */
+            enet_packet_destroy (event.packet);
+            
+            break;
+           
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT:
+            printf ("%s disconected.\n", event.peer -> data);
+
+            /* Reset the peer's client information. */
+
+            event.peer -> data = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+@endcode
+
+@section SendingPacket Sending a packet to an ENet peer            
+
+Packets in ENet are created with enet_packet_create(), where the size
+of the packet must be specified. Optionally, initial data may be
+specified to copy into the packet.
+
+Certain flags may also be supplied to enet_packet_create() to control
+various packet features:
+
+ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE specifies that the packet must use reliable
+delivery.  A reliable packet is guarenteed to be delivered, and a
+number of retry attempts will be made until an acknowledgement is
+received from the foreign host the packet is sent to. If a certain
+number of retry attempts is reached without any acknowledgement, ENet
+will assume the peer has disconnected and forcefully reset the
+connection. If this flag is not specified, the packet is assumed an
+unreliable packet, and no retry attempts will be made nor
+acknowledgements generated.
+
+A packet may be resized (extended or truncated) with
+enet_packet_resize().
+
+A packet is sent to a foreign host with
+enet_peer_send(). enet_peer_send() accepts a channel id over which to
+send the packet to a given peer. Once the packet is handed over to
+ENet with enet_peer_send(), ENet will handle its deallocation and
+enet_packet_destroy() should not be used upon it.
+
+One may also use enet_host_broadcast() to send a packet to all
+connected peers on a given host over a specified channel id, as with
+enet_peer_send().
+
+Queued packets will be sent on a call to enet_host_service().
+Alternatively, enet_host_flush() will send out queued packets without
+dispatching any events.
+
+@code
+    /* Create a reliable packet of size 7 containing "packet\0" */
+    ENetPacket * packet = enet_packet_create ("packet", 
+                                              strlen ("packet") + 1, 
+                                              ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE);
+
+    /* Extend the packet so and append the string "foo", so it now */
+    /* contains "packetfoo\0"                                      */
+    enet_packet_resize (packet, strlen ("packetfoo") + 1);
+    strcpy (& packet -> data [strlen ("packet")], "foo");
+    
+    /* Send the packet to the peer over channel id 0. */
+    /* One could also broadcast the packet by         */
+    /* enet_host_broadcast (host, 0, packet);         */
+    enet_peer_send (peer, 0, packet);
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+    /* One could just use enet_host_service() instead. */
+    enet_host_flush (host);
+@endcode
+
+@section Disconnecting Disconnecting an ENet peer
+
+Peers may be gently disconnected with enet_peer_disconnect(). A
+disconnect request will be sent to the foreign host, and ENet will
+wait for an acknowledgement from the foreign host before finally
+disconnecting. An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT will be
+generated once the disconnection succeeds. Normally timeouts apply to
+the disconnect acknowledgement, and so if no acknowledgement is
+received after a length of time the peer will be forcefully
+disconnected.
+
+enet_peer_reset() will forcefully disconnect a peer. The foreign host
+will get no notification of a disconnect and will time out on the
+foreign host. No event is generated.
+
+@code
+    ENetEvent event;
+    
+    enet_peer_disconnect (peer);
+
+    /* Allow up to 3 seconds for the disconnect to succeed
+     * and drop any packets received packets.
+     */
+    while (enet_host_service (client, & event, 3000) > 0)
+    {
+        switch (event.type)
+        {
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE:
+            enet_packet_destroy (event.packet);
+            break;
+
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT:
+            puts ("Disconnection succeeded.");
+            return;
+        ...
+        ...
+        ...
+        }
+    }
+    
+    /* We've arrived here, so the disconnect attempt didn't */
+    /* succeed yet.  Force the connection down.             */
+    enet_peer_reset (peer);
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+@endcode
+
+@section Connecting Connecting to an ENet host
+
+A connection to a foreign host is initiated with enet_host_connect().
+It accepts the address of a foreign host to connect to, and the number
+of channels that should be allocated for communication. If N channels
+are allocated for use, their channel ids will be numbered 0 through
+N-1.  A peer representing the connection attempt is returned, or NULL
+if there were no available peers over which to initiate the
+connection. When the connection attempt succeeds, an event of type
+ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT will be generated. If the connection attempt
+times out or otherwise fails, an event of type
+ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT will be generated.
+
+@code
+    ENetAddress address;
+    ENetEvent event;
+    ENetPeer *peer;
+
+    /* Connect to some.server.net:1234. */
+    enet_address_set_host (& address, "some.server.net");
+    address.port = 1234;
+
+    /* Initiate the connection, allocating the two channels 0 and 1. */
+    peer = enet_host_connect (client, & address, 2);    
+    
+    if (peer == NULL)
+    {
+       fprintf (stderr, 
+                "No available peers for initiating an ENet connection.\n");
+       exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    
+    /* Wait up to 5 seconds for the connection attempt to succeed. */
+    if (enet_host_service (client, & event, 5000) > 0 &&
+        event.type == ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT)
+    {
+        puts ("Connection to some.server.net:1234 succeeded.");
+        ...
+        ...
+        ...
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Either the 5 seconds are up or a disconnect event was */
+        /* received. Reset the peer in the event the 5 seconds   */
+        /* had run out without any significant event.            */
+        enet_peer_reset (peer);
+
+        puts ("Connection to some.server.net:1234 failed.");
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+@endcode
+*/

enet/enet.dsp

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Project File - Name="enet" - Package Owner=<4>
+# Microsoft Developer Studio Generated Build File, Format Version 6.00
+# ** DO NOT EDIT **
+
+# TARGTYPE "Win32 (x86) Static Library" 0x0104
+
+CFG=enet - Win32 Debug
+!MESSAGE This is not a valid makefile. To build this project using NMAKE,
+!MESSAGE use the Export Makefile command and run
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "enet.mak".
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE You can specify a configuration when running NMAKE
+!MESSAGE by defining the macro CFG on the command line. For example:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE NMAKE /f "enet.mak" CFG="enet - Win32 Debug"
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE Possible choices for configuration are:
+!MESSAGE 
+!MESSAGE "enet - Win32 Release" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE "enet - Win32 Debug" (based on "Win32 (x86) Static Library")
+!MESSAGE 
+
+# Begin Project
+# PROP AllowPerConfigDependencies 0
+# PROP Scc_ProjName ""
+# PROP Scc_LocalPath ""
+CPP=cl.exe
+RSC=rc.exe
+
+!IF  "$(CFG)" == "enet - Win32 Release"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 0
+# PROP Output_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "Release"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+MTL=midl.exe
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /GX /O2 /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /W3 /O2 /I "include/enet" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /FD /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
+# ADD LIB32 /nologo
+
+!ELSEIF  "$(CFG)" == "enet - Win32 Debug"
+
+# PROP BASE Use_MFC 0
+# PROP BASE Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP BASE Output_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Intermediate_Dir "Debug"
+# PROP BASE Target_Dir ""
+# PROP Use_MFC 0
+# PROP Use_Debug_Libraries 1
+# PROP Output_Dir "\temp\enet\Debug"
+# PROP Intermediate_Dir "\temp\enet\Debug"
+# PROP Target_Dir ""
+MTL=midl.exe
+# ADD BASE CPP /nologo /W3 /Gm /GX /ZI /Od /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /YX /FD /GZ /c
+# ADD CPP /nologo /G6 /MTd /W3 /ZI /Od /I "include/enet" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "_MBCS" /D "_LIB" /FR /FD /GZ /c
+# SUBTRACT CPP /YX
+# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG"
+BSC32=bscmake.exe
+# ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo
+# ADD BSC32 /nologo
+LIB32=link.exe -lib
+# ADD BASE LIB32 /nologo
+# ADD LIB32 /nologo
+
+!ENDIF 
+
+# Begin Target
+
+# Name "enet - Win32 Release"
+# Name "enet - Win32 Debug"
+# Begin Group "Source Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\host.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\list.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\callbacks.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\packet.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\peer.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\protocol.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\unix.c
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\win32.c
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# Begin Group "Header Files"
+
+# PROP Default_Filter "h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl"
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\enet.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\list.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\callbacks.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\protocol.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\time.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\types.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\unix.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\utility.h
+# End Source File
+# Begin Source File
+
+SOURCE=.\include\enet\win32.h
+# End Source File
+# End Group
+# End Target
+# End Project

enet/enet.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+<enet/enet.h> - The file that should be included to use the ENet API.
+
+uint8 - unsigned 8 bit integer
+uint16 - unsigned 16 bit integer
+uint32 - unsigned 32 bit integer
+
+typedef struct
+{  
+  uint32 host; 
+  uint16 port; 
+} ENetAddress;
+      
+  Portable internet address structure. The host must be specified in network 
+byte-order, and the port must be in host byte-order. The constant ENET_HOST_ANY
+may be used to specify the default server host.
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32 flags;
+  uint8 * data;
+  size_t dataLength;
+} ENetPacket;
+
+  An ENet data packet that may be sent or received from a peer. The shown fields
+should only be read and never modified. The data field contains the allocated data
+for the packet. The dataLength fields specifies the length of the allocated data.
+The flags field is either 0 (specifying no flags), or a bitwise-or of any
+combination of the following flags:
+  
+  ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE -   
+  
+      Specifies that the packet must be received by the target peer and that resend
+    attempts should be made should delivery of the packet fail.
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  ENetAddress address;
+  void * data;
+  size_t channelCount;
+  uint32 incomingBandwidth;
+  uint32 outgoingBandwidth;
+  uint32 roundTripTime;
+  uint32 packetLoss;
+} ENetPeer;
+
+  An ENet peer which data packets may be sent or received from. No fields should be
+modified unless otherwise specified. The address field contains the internet address 
+of the peer. The data fields may be used to associate any desired data with the peer 
+and may be freely modified. The channelCount field tells the number of channels that
+have been allocated for use to communnicate with the peer. The incomingBandwidth field
+specifies the downstream bandwidth of the client in bytes per second. The 
+outgoingBandwidth field specifies the upstream bandwidth of the client in bytes per
+second. The roundTripTime field tells the mean round trip time from the sending of
+a reliable packet until the receipt of its acknowledgement in milliseconds. The
+packetLoss field tells the mean packet loss of reliable packets as a ratio with
+respect to the constant ENET_PEER_PACKET_LOSS_SCALE.
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_NONE,
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT,
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT,
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE
+} ENetEventType;
+
+typedef struct _ENetEvent
+{
+   ENetEventType        type;
+   ENetPeer *           peer;
+   uint8                channelID;
+   ENetPacket *         packet;
+} ENetEvent;
+
+  An ENet event as returned by enet_host_service. The type field contains the type
+of the event, which may be any one of the following:
+  
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_NONE - No event occurred within the specified time limit.
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT - 
+    
+    A connection request initiated by enet_host_connect has completed. The peer field
+  contains the peer which successfully connected.
+
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT -
+    
+    A peer has disconnected. This event is generated on successful completion of a
+  disconnect iniated by enet_peer_disconnect, if a peer has timed out, or if a
+  connection request initialized by enet_host_connect has timed out. The peer field
+  contains the peer which disconnected.
+
+  ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE -
+    
+    A packet has been received from a peer. The peer field specifies the peer which
+  send the packet. The channelID field specifies the channel number upon which the
+  packet was received. The packet field contains the packet that was destroyed; this
+  packet must be destroyed with enet_packet_destroy after use.
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  ENetAddress address;
+  uint32 incomingBandwidth;
+  uint32 outgoingBandwidth;
+  ENetPeer * peers;
+  size_t peerCount;
+} ENetHost;
+
+  An ENet host for communicating with peers. No fields should be modified. The address 
+field tells the internet address of the host. The incomingBandwidth field tells the downstream
+bandwidth of the host. The outgoingBandwidth field specifies the upstream bandwidth of the host.
+The peers field contains an array of the peers that have been allocated for this host. The 
+peerCount field specifies the number of peers that have been allocated for this host.
+
+address
+unsigned ENET_HOST_TO_NET_8 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (unsigned);
+
+  Macros that convert from host byte-order to network byte-order (big
+endian) for unsigned integers of 8 bits, 16 bits, and 32 bits repectively. 
+
+unsigned ENET_NET_TO_HOST_8 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16 (unsigned);
+unsigned ENET_NET_TO_HOST_32 (unsigned);
+
+  Macros that convert from network byte-order (big endian) to host 
+byte-order for unsigned integers of 8 bits, 16 bits, and 32 bits repectively.
+
+uint32 enet_time_get (void);
+
+  Returns the wall-time in milliseconds. Its initial value is unspecified unless
+otherwise set.
+
+void enet_time_set (uint32);
+
+  Sets the current wall-time in milliseconds.
+
+int enet_initialize (void);
+
+  Initialize ENet for use. Must be called prior to using any functions in ENet.
+Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+void enet_deinitialize (void);
+
+  Clean-up ENet after use. Should be called when a program that has initialized
+and used ENet exits.
+
+int enet_address_set_host (ENetAddress * address, const char * hostName);
+
+  Attempts to resolve the host named by the parameter hostName and sets the host
+field in the address parameter if successful. Returns 0 on success and -1 on
+failure.
+
+int enet_address_get_host (const ENetAddress * address, char * hostName, size_t nameLength);
+
+  Attempts to do a reverse lookup of the host field in the address parameter.
+If successful, the name of the host is placed in the string described by
+hostName and nameLength. The host name is always null-delimited and will
+not exceed nameLength in length. Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+ENetPacket * enet_packet_create (const void * dataContents, size_t dataLength, uint32 flags);
+
+  Creates a packet that may be sent to a peer. The dataContents parameter
+specifies the initial contents of the packet's data; the packet's data will
+remain uninitialized if dataContents is NULL. The dataLength parameter specifies
+the size of the data that is allocated for this packet. The flags parameter
+specifies flags for this packet as described for the ENetPacket structure.
+Returns the packet on success and NULL on failure.
+
+void enet_packet_destroy (ENetPacket * packet);
+
+  Destroys the packet and deallocates its data.
+
+int enet_packet_resize (ENetPacket * packet, size_t dataLength);
+
+  Attempts to resize the data in the packet to the length specified in the
+dataLength parameter. Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+ENetHost * enet_host_create (const ENetAddress * address, size_t peerCount, uint32 incomingBandwidth, uint32 outgoingBandwidth);
+
+  Creates a host for communicating with peers. The address parameter specifies 
+the address at which other peers may connect to this host; if the address parameter
+is NULL, then no peers may connect to the host. The peerCount parameter specifies
+the numbers of peers that should be allocated for the host; this limits the maximum
+number of peers that may connect to this host to peerCount. The incomingBandwidth
+parameter specifies the downstream bandwidth of the host in bytes per second; if
+the incomingBandwidth parameter is 0, ENet will assume the host has unlimited
+downstream bandwidth. The outgoingBandwidth parameter specifies the upstream bandwidth
+of the host in bytes per second; if the outgoingBandwidth parameter is 0, ENet will
+assume the host has unlimited upstream bandwidth. ENet will strategically drop packets
+on specific sides of a connection between hosts to ensure the host's bandwidth is not
+overwhelmed; the bandwidth parameters also determine the window size of a connection
+which limits the amount of reliable packets that may be in transit at any given time.
+Returns the host on success and NULL on failure.
+
+void enet_host_destroy (ENetHost * host);
+
+  Destroys the host and all resources associated with it.
+
+ENetPeer * enet_host_connect (ENetHost * host, const ENetAddress * address, size_t channelCount);
+  
+  Initiates a connection from the host specified in the host parameter to a foreign 
+host whose internet address is specified by the address parameter. The channelCount 
+parameter specifies the number of channels that should be allocated for communicating 
+with the foreign host. Returns a peer representing the foreign host on success and NULL
+on failure. The peer returned will have not completed the connection until enet_host_service
+notifies of an ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT event for the peer.
+
+int enet_host_service (ENetHost * host, ENetEvent * event, uint32 timeout);
+
+  Waits for events on the host specified by the host parameters and shuttles packets 
+between the host and its peers. The event parameter specifies an event structure
+where event details will be placed if one occurs. The timeout field specifies an
+amount of time in milliseconds that ENet should wait for events. Returns 1 if an
+event occured within the specified time limit, 0 if no event occurred within the 
+time limit, and -1 on failure. This function must be called frequently for adequate
+performance.
+
+void enet_host_flush (ENetHost * host);
+
+  Sends out any queued packets on the host specified in the host parameters to
+the designated peers. This function need only be used in circumstances where one
+wishes to send queued packets earlier than in a call to enet_host_service.
+
+void enet_host_broadcast (ENetHost * host, uint8 channelID, ENetPacket * packet);
+
+  Queues a packet to be sent to all peers on the host specified in the host parameter
+over the channel number identified by the channelID parameter.
+
+void enet_host_bandwidth_limit (ENetHost * host, uint32 incomingBandwidth, uint32 outgoingBandwidth);
+
+  Adjusts the bandwidth limits of the host specified in the host parameter. The
+incomingBandwidth and outgoingBandwidth parameters are as specified in a call to 
+enet_host_create.
+
+int enet_peer_send (ENetPeer * peer, uint8 channelID, ENetPacket * packet);
+
+  Queues a packet to be sent to the peer specified by the peer parameter over the
+channel number identified by the channelID parameter. Returns 0 on success and -1
+on failure.
+
+ENetPacket * enet_peer_receive (ENetPeer * peer, uint8 channelID);
+
+  Attempts to dequeue any incoming queued packets on the peer specified by the peer
+parameter on the channel number identified by the channelID parameter. Returns a packet
+if one is available and NULL if there are no available incoming queued packets.
+
+void enet_peer_ping (ENetPeer * peer);
+  
+  Sends a ping request to the peer specified by the peer parameter. Ping requests factor
+into the mean round trip time as designated by the roundTripTime field in the ENetPeer
+structure. ENet automatically pings all connected peer at an interval, however, this 
+function may be called to ensure more frequent ping requests.
+
+void enet_peer_reset (ENetPeer * peer);
+
+  Forcefully disconnects the peer specified by the peer parameter. The foreign host 
+represented by the peer is not notified of the disconnection and so will timeout on its
+connection to the local host.
+
+void enet_peer_disconnect (ENetPeer * peer);
+
+  Request a disconnection from the peer specified by the peer parameter. An
+ENET_EVENT_DISCONNECT event will be generated by enet_host_service once the
+disconnection is complete.
+
+void enet_peer_throttle_configure (ENetPeer * peer, uint32 interval, uint32 acceleration, uint32 deceleration);
+
+  Configures throttle parameter for the peer specified by the peer parameter.
+Unreliable packets are dropped by ENet in response to the varying conditions of
+the internet connection to the peer. The throttle represents a probability that
+an unreliable packet should not be dropped and thus sent by ENet to the peer.
+The lowest mean round trip time from the sending of a reliable packet to the 
+receipt of its acknowledgement is measured over an amount of time specified 
+by the interval parameter in milliseconds; the constant ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_INTERVAL
+is the default value for this parameter. If a measured round trip time happens 
+to be signifigantly less than the mean round trip time measured over the interval, 
+then the throttle probability is increased to allow more traffic by an amount
+specified in the acceleration parameter which is in ratio to the
+ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE constant. If a measured round trip time happens
+to be signifigantly greater than the mean round trip time measured over the interval,
+then the throttle probability is decreased to limit traffic by an amount specified
+in the deceleration parameter which is in ratio to the ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE
+constant. When the throttle has a value of ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE, no unreliable
+packets are dropped by ENET, and so 100% of all unreliable packets will be sent. When the 
+throttle has a value of 0, all unreliable packets are dropped by ENet, and so 0% of all
+unreliable packets will be sent. Intermediate values for the throttle represent intermediate
+probabilities between 0% and 100% of unreliable packets being sent. The bandwidth limits
+of the local and foreign host are taken into account to determine a sensible limit for
+the throttle probability above which it should not raise even in the best of conditions.
+
+
+

enet/host.c

@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/** 
+ @file host.c
+ @brief ENet host management functions
+*/
+#define ENET_BUILDING_LIB 1
+#include <string.h>
+#include "enet/enet.h"
+
+/** @defgroup host ENet host functions
+    @{
+*/
+
+/** Creates a host for communicating to peers.  
+
+    @param address   the address at which other peers may connect to this host.  If NULL, then no peers may connect to the host.
+    @param peerCount the maximum number of peers that should be allocated for the host.
+    @param incomingBandwidth downstream bandwidth of the host in bytes/second; if 0, ENet will assume unlimited bandwidth.
+    @param outgoingBandwidth upstream bandwidth of the host in bytes/second; if 0, ENet will assume unlimited bandwidth.
+
+    @returns the host on success and NULL on failure
+
+    @remarks ENet will strategically drop packets on specific sides of a connection between hosts
+    to ensure the host's bandwidth is not overwhelmed.  The bandwidth parameters also determine
+    the window size of a connection which limits the amount of reliable packets that may be in transit
+    at any given time.
+*/
+ENetHost *
+enet_host_create (const ENetAddress * address, size_t peerCount, enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth, enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth)
+{
+    ENetHost * host = (ENetHost *) enet_malloc (sizeof (ENetHost));
+    ENetPeer * currentPeer;
+
+    host -> peers = (ENetPeer *) enet_malloc (peerCount * sizeof (ENetPeer));
+    memset (host -> peers, 0, peerCount * sizeof (ENetPeer));
+
+    host -> socket = enet_socket_create (ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM, address);
+    if (host -> socket == ENET_SOCKET_NULL)
+    {
+       enet_free (host -> peers);
+       enet_free (host);
+
+       return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+      host -> address = * address;
+
+    host -> incomingBandwidth = incomingBandwidth;
+    host -> outgoingBandwidth = outgoingBandwidth;
+    host -> bandwidthThrottleEpoch = 0;
+    host -> recalculateBandwidthLimits = 0;
+    host -> mtu = ENET_HOST_DEFAULT_MTU;
+    host -> peerCount = peerCount;
+    host -> lastServicedPeer = host -> peers;
+    host -> commandCount = 0;
+    host -> bufferCount = 0;
+    host -> receivedAddress.host = ENET_HOST_ANY;
+    host -> receivedAddress.port = 0;
+    host -> receivedDataLength = 0;
+     
+    for (currentPeer = host -> peers;
+         currentPeer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+         ++ currentPeer)
+    {
+       currentPeer -> host = host;
+       currentPeer -> incomingPeerID = currentPeer - host -> peers;
+       currentPeer -> data = NULL;
+
+       enet_list_clear (& currentPeer -> acknowledgements);
+       enet_list_clear (& currentPeer -> sentReliableCommands);
+       enet_list_clear (& currentPeer -> sentUnreliableCommands);
+       enet_list_clear (& currentPeer -> outgoingReliableCommands);
+       enet_list_clear (& currentPeer -> outgoingUnreliableCommands);
+
+       enet_peer_reset (currentPeer);
+    }
+ 
+    return host;
+}
+
+/** Destroys the host and all resources associated with it.
+    @param host pointer to the host to destroy
+*/
+void
+enet_host_destroy (ENetHost * host)
+{
+    ENetPeer * currentPeer;
+
+    enet_socket_destroy (host -> socket);
+
+    for (currentPeer = host -> peers;
+         currentPeer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+         ++ currentPeer)
+    {
+       enet_peer_reset (currentPeer);
+    }
+
+    enet_free (host -> peers);
+    enet_free (host);
+}
+
+/** Initiates a connection to a foreign host.
+    @param host host seeking the connection
+    @param address destination for the connection
+    @param channelCount number of channels to allocate
+    @returns a peer representing the foreign host on success, NULL on failure
+    @remarks The peer returned will have not completed the connection until enet_host_service()
+    notifies of an ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT event for the peer.
+*/
+ENetPeer *
+enet_host_connect (ENetHost * host, const ENetAddress * address, size_t channelCount)
+{
+    ENetPeer * currentPeer;
+    ENetChannel * channel;
+    ENetProtocol command;
+
+    if (channelCount < ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_CHANNEL_COUNT)
+      channelCount = ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_CHANNEL_COUNT;
+    else
+    if (channelCount > ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_CHANNEL_COUNT)
+      channelCount = ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_CHANNEL_COUNT;
+
+    for (currentPeer = host -> peers;
+         currentPeer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+         ++ currentPeer)
+    {
+       if (currentPeer -> state == ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTED)
+         break;
+    }
+
+    if (currentPeer >= & host -> peers [host -> peerCount])
+      return NULL;
+
+    currentPeer -> state = ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTING;
+    currentPeer -> address = * address;
+    currentPeer -> channels = (ENetChannel *) enet_malloc (channelCount * sizeof (ENetChannel));
+    currentPeer -> channelCount = channelCount;
+    currentPeer -> challenge = (enet_uint32) enet_rand ();
+
+    if (host -> outgoingBandwidth == 0)
+      currentPeer -> windowSize = ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE;
+    else
+      currentPeer -> windowSize = (host -> outgoingBandwidth /
+                                    ENET_PEER_WINDOW_SIZE_SCALE) * 
+                                      ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE;
+
+    if (currentPeer -> windowSize < ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE)
+      currentPeer -> windowSize = ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE;
+    else
+    if (currentPeer -> windowSize > ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE)
+      currentPeer -> windowSize = ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE;
+         
+    for (channel = currentPeer -> channels;
+         channel < & currentPeer -> channels [channelCount];
+         ++ channel)
+    {
+        channel -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+        channel -> outgoingUnreliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+        channel -> incomingReliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+        channel -> incomingUnreliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+
+        enet_list_clear (& channel -> incomingReliableCommands);
+        enet_list_clear (& channel -> incomingUnreliableCommands);
+    }
+        
+    command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_CONNECT;
+    command.header.channelID = 0xFF;
+    command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE;
+    command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolConnect);
+    command.connect.outgoingPeerID = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (currentPeer -> incomingPeerID);
+    command.connect.mtu = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (currentPeer -> mtu);
+    command.connect.windowSize = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (currentPeer -> windowSize);
+    command.connect.channelCount = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (channelCount);
+    command.connect.incomingBandwidth = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (host -> incomingBandwidth);
+    command.connect.outgoingBandwidth = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (host -> outgoingBandwidth);
+    command.connect.packetThrottleInterval = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (currentPeer -> packetThrottleInterval);
+    command.connect.packetThrottleAcceleration = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (currentPeer -> packetThrottleAcceleration);
+    command.connect.packetThrottleDeceleration = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (currentPeer -> packetThrottleDeceleration);
+    
+    enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (currentPeer, & command, NULL, 0, 0);
+
+    return currentPeer;
+}
+
+/** Queues a packet to be sent to all peers associated with the host.
+    @param host host on which to broadcast the packet
+    @param channelID channel on which to broadcast
+    @param packet packet to broadcast
+*/
+void
+enet_host_broadcast (ENetHost * host, enet_uint8 channelID, ENetPacket * packet)
+{
+    ENetPeer * currentPeer;
+
+    for (currentPeer = host -> peers;
+         currentPeer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+         ++ currentPeer)
+    {
+       if (currentPeer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED)
+         continue;
+
+       enet_peer_send (currentPeer, channelID, packet);
+    }
+
+    if (packet -> referenceCount == 0)
+      enet_packet_destroy (packet);
+}
+
+/** Adjusts the bandwidth limits of a host.
+    @param host host to adjust
+    @param incomingBandwidth new incoming bandwidth
+    @param outgoingBandwidth new outgoing bandwidth
+    @remarks the incoming and outgoing bandwidth parameters are identical in function to those
+    specified in enet_host_create().
+*/
+void
+enet_host_bandwidth_limit (ENetHost * host, enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth, enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth)
+{
+    host -> incomingBandwidth = incomingBandwidth;
+    host -> outgoingBandwidth = outgoingBandwidth;
+    host -> recalculateBandwidthLimits = 1;
+}
+
+void
+enet_host_bandwidth_throttle (ENetHost * host)
+{
+    enet_uint32 timeCurrent = enet_time_get (),
+           elapsedTime = timeCurrent - host -> bandwidthThrottleEpoch,
+           peersTotal = 0,
+           dataTotal = 0,
+           peersRemaining,
+           bandwidth,
+           throttle = 0,
+           bandwidthLimit = 0;
+    int needsAdjustment;
+    ENetPeer * peer;
+    ENetProtocol command;
+
+    if (elapsedTime < ENET_HOST_BANDWIDTH_THROTTLE_INTERVAL)
+      return;
+
+    for (peer = host -> peers;
+         peer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+         ++ peer)
+    {
+        if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED)
+          continue;
+
+        ++ peersTotal;
+        dataTotal += peer -> outgoingDataTotal;
+    }
+
+    if (peersTotal == 0)
+      return;
+
+    peersRemaining = peersTotal;
+    needsAdjustment = 1;
+
+    if (host -> outgoingBandwidth == 0)
+      bandwidth = ~0;
+    else
+      bandwidth = (host -> outgoingBandwidth * elapsedTime) / 1000;
+
+    while (peersRemaining > 0 && needsAdjustment != 0)
+    {
+        needsAdjustment = 0;
+        
+        if (dataTotal < bandwidth)
+          throttle = ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE;
+        else
+          throttle = (bandwidth * ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE) / dataTotal;
+
+        for (peer = host -> peers;
+             peer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+             ++ peer)
+        {
+            enet_uint32 peerBandwidth;
+            
+            if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED ||
+                peer -> incomingBandwidth == 0 ||
+                peer -> outgoingBandwidthThrottleEpoch == timeCurrent)
+              continue;
+
+            peerBandwidth = (peer -> incomingBandwidth * elapsedTime) / 1000;
+            if ((throttle * peer -> outgoingDataTotal) / ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE <= peerBandwidth)
+              continue;
+
+            peer -> packetThrottleLimit = (peerBandwidth * 
+                                            ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE) / peer -> outgoingDataTotal;
+            
+            if (peer -> packetThrottleLimit == 0)
+              peer -> packetThrottleLimit = 1;
+            
+            if (peer -> packetThrottle > peer -> packetThrottleLimit)
+              peer -> packetThrottle = peer -> packetThrottleLimit;
+
+            peer -> outgoingBandwidthThrottleEpoch = timeCurrent;
+
+            
+            needsAdjustment = 1;
+            -- peersRemaining;
+            bandwidth -= peerBandwidth;
+            dataTotal -= peerBandwidth;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (peersRemaining > 0)
+    for (peer = host -> peers;
+         peer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+         ++ peer)
+    {
+        if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED ||
+            peer -> outgoingBandwidthThrottleEpoch == timeCurrent)
+          continue;
+
+        peer -> packetThrottleLimit = throttle;
+
+        if (peer -> packetThrottle > peer -> packetThrottleLimit)
+          peer -> packetThrottle = peer -> packetThrottleLimit;
+    }
+    
+    if (host -> recalculateBandwidthLimits)
+    {
+       host -> recalculateBandwidthLimits = 0;
+
+       peersRemaining = peersTotal;
+       bandwidth = host -> incomingBandwidth;
+       needsAdjustment = 1;
+
+       if (bandwidth == 0)
+         bandwidthLimit = 0;
+       else
+       while (peersRemaining > 0 && needsAdjustment != 0)
+       {
+           needsAdjustment = 0;
+           bandwidthLimit = bandwidth / peersRemaining;
+
+           for (peer = host -> peers;
+                peer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+                ++ peer)
+           {
+               if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED ||
+                   peer -> incomingBandwidthThrottleEpoch == timeCurrent)
+                 continue;
+
+               if (peer -> outgoingBandwidth > 0 &&
+                   bandwidthLimit > peer -> outgoingBandwidth)
+                 continue;
+
+               peer -> incomingBandwidthThrottleEpoch = timeCurrent;
+ 
+               needsAdjustment = 1;
+               -- peersRemaining;
+               bandwidth -= peer -> outgoingBandwidth;
+           }
+       }
+
+       for (peer = host -> peers;
+            peer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+            ++ peer)
+       {
+           if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED)
+             continue;
+
+           command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_BANDWIDTH_LIMIT;
+           command.header.channelID = 0xFF;
+           command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE;
+           command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolBandwidthLimit);
+           command.bandwidthLimit.outgoingBandwidth = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (host -> outgoingBandwidth);
+
+           if (peer -> incomingBandwidthThrottleEpoch == timeCurrent)
+             command.bandwidthLimit.incomingBandwidth = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (peer -> outgoingBandwidth);
+           else
+             command.bandwidthLimit.incomingBandwidth = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (bandwidthLimit);
+
+           enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (peer, & command, NULL, 0, 0);
+       } 
+    }
+
+    host -> bandwidthThrottleEpoch = timeCurrent;
+
+    for (peer = host -> peers;
+         peer < & host -> peers [host -> peerCount];
+         ++ peer)
+    {
+        peer -> incomingDataTotal = 0;
+        peer -> outgoingDataTotal = 0;
+    }
+}
+    
+/** @} */

enet/include/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/Makefile.am/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+D/enet////
+/Makefile.in/1.3/Mon Jul 25 21:48:26 2005//

enet/include/CVS/Entries.Extra

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/Makefile.am////*///
+D/enet///////
+/Makefile.in////*///

enet/include/CVS/Entries.Extra.Old

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/Makefile.am////*///
+/Makefile.in////*///
+D/enet///////

enet/include/CVS/Entries.Old

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/Makefile.am/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/Makefile.in/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+D/enet////

enet/include/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sauerbraten/enet/include

enet/include/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:ext:aardappel@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/sauerbraten

enet/include/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+SUBDIRS = enet

enet/include/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,417 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = include
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
+	html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-exec-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	install-recursive installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive \
+	pdf-recursive ps-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
+	uninstall-recursive
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+SUBDIRS = enet
+all: all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign  include/Makefile'; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign  include/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+	@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+ctags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  include_option=--etags-include; \
+	  empty_fix=.; \
+	else \
+	  include_option=--include; \
+	  empty_fix=; \
+	fi; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
+	      tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	    $$tags $$unique; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+	  case $$file in \
+	    $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+	    $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	    distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	    top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	    (cd $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \
+	        distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-recursive
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-recursive
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-recursive
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am \
+	clean clean-generic clean-recursive ctags ctags-recursive \
+	distclean distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags \
+	distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+	mostlyclean-recursive pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \
+	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

enet/include/enet/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/Makefile.am/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/callbacks.h/1.1/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/list.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/memory.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/protocol.h/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/time.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/types.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/unix.h/1.3/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/utility.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/win32.h/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/Makefile.in/1.3/Mon Jul 25 21:48:26 2005//
+/enet.h/1.3/Mon Jul 25 21:48:26 2005//
+D

enet/include/enet/CVS/Entries.Extra

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/Makefile.am////*///
+/callbacks.h////*///
+/list.h////*///
+/memory.h////*///
+/protocol.h////*///
+/time.h////*///
+/types.h////*///
+/unix.h////*///
+/utility.h////*///
+/win32.h////*///
+/Makefile.in////*///
+/enet.h////*///

enet/include/enet/CVS/Entries.Extra.Old

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/Makefile.am////*///
+/Makefile.in////*///
+/callbacks.h////*///
+/enet.h////*///
+/list.h////*///
+/memory.h////*///
+/protocol.h////*///
+/time.h////*///
+/types.h////*///
+/unix.h////*///
+/utility.h////*///
+/win32.h////*///

enet/include/enet/CVS/Entries.Old

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/Makefile.am/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/Makefile.in/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/callbacks.h/1.1/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/enet.h/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/list.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/memory.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/protocol.h/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/time.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/types.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/unix.h/1.3/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+/utility.h/1.1/Wed Mar  3 02:42:09 2004//
+/win32.h/1.2/Tue May 24 06:18:29 2005//
+D

enet/include/enet/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sauerbraten/enet/include/enet

enet/include/enet/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:ext:aardappel@cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/sauerbraten

enet/include/enet/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+libenetincludedir = $(includedir)/enet
+libenetinclude_HEADERS = \
+	types.h \
+	list.h \
+	utility.h \
+	time.h \
+	callbacks.h \
+	unix.h \
+	win32.h \
+	protocol.h \
+	enet.h
+	

enet/include/enet/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ../..
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+subdir = include/enet
+DIST_COMMON = $(libenetinclude_HEADERS) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+	$(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(libenetincludedir)"
+libenetincludeHEADERS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_HEADER)
+HEADERS = $(libenetinclude_HEADERS)
+ETAGS = etags
+CTAGS = ctags
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
+AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
+ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
+am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
+am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+datadir = @datadir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+libenetincludedir = $(includedir)/enet
+libenetinclude_HEADERS = \
+	types.h \
+	list.h \
+	utility.h \
+	time.h \
+	callbacks.h \
+	unix.h \
+	win32.h \
+	protocol.h \
+	enet.h
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
+		&& exit 0; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign  include/enet/Makefile'; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign  include/enet/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure:  $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+uninstall-info-am:
+install-libenetincludeHEADERS: $(libenetinclude_HEADERS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	test -z "$(libenetincludedir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(libenetincludedir)"
+	@list='$(libenetinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " $(libenetincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(libenetincludedir)/$$f'"; \
+	  $(libenetincludeHEADERS_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(libenetincludedir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-libenetincludeHEADERS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(libenetinclude_HEADERS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  f=$(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libenetincludedir)/$$f'"; \
+	  rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(libenetincludedir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
+	  test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
+	  $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	    $$tags $$unique; \
+	fi
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+	  || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
+	  case $$file in \
+	    $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+	    $(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(libenetincludedir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-libenetincludeHEADERS
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-libenetincludeHEADERS
+
+.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	ctags distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-libenetincludeHEADERS \
+	install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags \
+	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-libenetincludeHEADERS
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

enet/include/enet/callbacks.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/** 
+ @file  callbacks.h
+ @brief ENet callbacks
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_CALLBACKS_H__
+#define __ENET_CALLBACKS_H__
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    void * (ENET_CALLBACK * malloc) (size_t size);
+    void (ENET_CALLBACK * free) (void * memory);
+    int (ENET_CALLBACK * rand) (void);
+} ENetCallbacks;
+
+/** @defgroup callbacks ENet internal callbacks
+    @{
+    @ingroup private
+*/
+extern void * enet_malloc (size_t);
+extern void   enet_free (void *);
+extern int    enet_rand (void);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* __ENET_CALLBACKS_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/enet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/** 
+ @file  enet.h
+ @brief ENet public header file
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_ENET_H__
+#define __ENET_ENET_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+#include "enet/win32.h"
+#else
+#include "enet/unix.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "enet/types.h"
+#include "enet/protocol.h"
+#include "enet/list.h"
+#include "enet/callbacks.h"
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_VERSION = 1
+} ENetVersion;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_STREAM   = 1,
+   ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM = 2
+} ENetSocketType;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_NONE    = 0,
+   ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_SEND    = (1 << 0),
+   ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_RECEIVE = (1 << 1)
+} ENetSocketWait;
+
+enum
+{
+   ENET_HOST_ANY       = 0,            /**< specifies the default server host */
+   ENET_HOST_BROADCAST = 0xFFFFFFFF    /**< specifies a subnet-wide broadcast */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Portable internet address structure. 
+ *
+ * The host must be specified in network byte-order, and the port must be in host 
+ * byte-order. The constant ENET_HOST_ANY may be used to specify the default 
+ * server host. The constant ENET_HOST_BROADCAST may be used to specify the
+ * broadcast address (255.255.255.255).  This makes sense for enet_host_connect,
+ * but not for enet_host_create.  Once a server responds to a broadcast, the
+ * address is updated from ENET_HOST_BROADCAST to the server's actual IP address.
+ */
+typedef struct _ENetAddress
+{
+   enet_uint32 host;
+   enet_uint16 port;
+} ENetAddress;
+
+/**
+ * Packet flag bit constants.
+ *
+ * The host must be specified in network byte-order, and the port must be in
+ * host byte-order. The constant ENET_HOST_ANY may be used to specify the
+ * default server host.
+ 
+   @sa ENetPacket
+*/
+typedef enum
+{
+   /** packet must be received by the target peer and resend attempts should be
+     * made until the packet is delivered */
+   ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE    = (1 << 0),
+   /** packet will not be sequenced with other packets
+     * not supported for reliable packets
+     */
+   ENET_PACKET_FLAG_UNSEQUENCED = (1 << 1)
+} ENetPacketFlag;
+
+/**
+ * ENet packet structure.
+ *
+ * An ENet data packet that may be sent to or received from a peer. The shown 
+ * fields should only be read and never modified. The data field contains the 
+ * allocated data for the packet. The dataLength fields specifies the length 
+ * of the allocated data.  The flags field is either 0 (specifying no flags), 
+ * or a bitwise-or of any combination of the following flags:
+ *
+ *    ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE - packet must be received by the target peer
+ *    and resend attempts should be made until the packet is delivered
+ 
+   @sa ENetPacketFlag
+ */
+typedef struct _ENetPacket
+{
+   size_t               referenceCount;  /**< internal use only */
+   enet_uint32          flags;           /**< bitwise or of ENetPacketFlag constants */
+   enet_uint8 *         data;            /**< allocated data for packet */
+   size_t               dataLength;      /**< length of data */
+} ENetPacket;
+
+typedef struct _ENetAcknowledgement
+{
+   ENetListNode acknowledgementList;
+   enet_uint32  sentTime;
+   ENetProtocol command;
+} ENetAcknowledgement;
+
+typedef struct _ENetOutgoingCommand
+{
+   ENetListNode outgoingCommandList;
+   enet_uint32  reliableSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32  unreliableSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32  sentTime;
+   enet_uint32  roundTripTimeout;
+   enet_uint32  roundTripTimeoutLimit;
+   enet_uint32  fragmentOffset;
+   enet_uint16  fragmentLength;
+   ENetProtocol command;
+   ENetPacket * packet;
+} ENetOutgoingCommand;
+
+typedef struct _ENetIncomingCommand
+{  
+   ENetListNode     incomingCommandList;
+   enet_uint32      reliableSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32      unreliableSequenceNumber;
+   ENetProtocol     command;
+   enet_uint32      fragmentCount;
+   enet_uint32      fragmentsRemaining;
+   enet_uint32 *    fragments;
+   ENetPacket *     packet;
+} ENetIncomingCommand;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTED                = 0,
+   ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTING                  = 1,
+   ENET_PEER_STATE_ACKNOWLEDGING_CONNECT       = 2,
+   ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED                   = 3,
+   ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTING               = 4,
+   ENET_PEER_STATE_ACKNOWLEDGING_DISCONNECT    = 5,
+   ENET_PEER_STATE_ZOMBIE                      = 6
+} ENetPeerState;
+
+#ifndef ENET_BUFFER_MAXIMUM
+#define ENET_BUFFER_MAXIMUM (1 + 2 * ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_PACKET_COMMANDS)
+#endif
+
+enum
+{
+   ENET_HOST_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE          = 256 * 1024,
+   ENET_HOST_BANDWIDTH_THROTTLE_INTERVAL  = 1000,
+   ENET_HOST_DEFAULT_MTU                  = 1400,
+
+   ENET_PEER_DEFAULT_ROUND_TRIP_TIME      = 500,
+   ENET_PEER_DEFAULT_PACKET_THROTTLE      = 32,
+   ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE        = 32,
+   ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_COUNTER      = 7, 
+   ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_ACCELERATION = 2,
+   ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_DECELERATION = 2,
+   ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_INTERVAL     = 5000,
+   ENET_PEER_PACKET_LOSS_SCALE            = (1 << 16),
+   ENET_PEER_PACKET_LOSS_INTERVAL         = 10000,
+   ENET_PEER_WINDOW_SIZE_SCALE            = 64 * 1024,
+   ENET_PEER_TIMEOUT_LIMIT                = 32,
+   ENET_PEER_TIMEOUT_MINIMUM              = 3000,
+   ENET_PEER_TIMEOUT_MAXIMUM              = 30000,
+   ENET_PEER_PING_INTERVAL                = 500,
+   ENET_PEER_UNSEQUENCED_WINDOW_SIZE      = 4 * 32,
+};
+
+typedef struct _ENetChannel
+{
+   enet_uint32  outgoingReliableSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32  outgoingUnreliableSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32  incomingReliableSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32  incomingUnreliableSequenceNumber;
+   ENetList     incomingReliableCommands;
+   ENetList     incomingUnreliableCommands;
+} ENetChannel;
+
+/**
+ * An ENet peer which data packets may be sent or received from. 
+ *
+ * No fields should be modified unless otherwise specified. 
+ */
+typedef struct _ENetPeer
+{ 
+   struct _ENetHost * host;
+   enet_uint16   outgoingPeerID;
+   enet_uint16   incomingPeerID;
+   enet_uint32   challenge;
+   ENetAddress   address;            /**< Internet address of the peer */
+   void *        data;               /**< Application private data, may be freely modified */
+   ENetPeerState state;
+   ENetChannel * channels;
+   size_t        channelCount;       /**< Number of channels allocated for communication with peer */
+   enet_uint32   incomingBandwidth;  /**< Downstream bandwidth of the client in bytes/second */
+   enet_uint32   outgoingBandwidth;  /**< Upstream bandwidth of the client in bytes/second */
+   enet_uint32   incomingBandwidthThrottleEpoch;
+   enet_uint32   outgoingBandwidthThrottleEpoch;
+   enet_uint32   incomingDataTotal;
+   enet_uint32   outgoingDataTotal;
+   enet_uint32   lastSendTime;
+   enet_uint32   lastReceiveTime;
+   enet_uint32   nextTimeout;
+   enet_uint32   earliestTimeout;
+   enet_uint32   packetLossEpoch;
+   enet_uint32   packetsSent;
+   enet_uint32   packetsLost;
+   enet_uint32   packetLoss;          /**< mean packet loss of reliable packets as a ratio with respect to the constant ENET_PEER_PACKET_LOSS_SCALE */
+   enet_uint32   packetLossVariance;
+   enet_uint32   packetThrottle;
+   enet_uint32   packetThrottleLimit;
+   enet_uint32   packetThrottleCounter;
+   enet_uint32   packetThrottleEpoch;
+   enet_uint32   packetThrottleAcceleration;
+   enet_uint32   packetThrottleDeceleration;
+   enet_uint32   packetThrottleInterval;
+   enet_uint32   lastRoundTripTime;
+   enet_uint32   lowestRoundTripTime;
+   enet_uint32   lastRoundTripTimeVariance;
+   enet_uint32   highestRoundTripTimeVariance;
+   enet_uint32   roundTripTime;            /**< mean round trip time (RTT), in milliseconds, between sending a reliable packet and receiving its acknowledgement */
+   enet_uint32   roundTripTimeVariance;
+   enet_uint16   mtu;
+   enet_uint32   windowSize;
+   enet_uint32   reliableDataInTransit;
+   enet_uint32   outgoingReliableSequenceNumber;
+   ENetList      acknowledgements;
+   ENetList      sentReliableCommands;
+   ENetList      sentUnreliableCommands;
+   ENetList      outgoingReliableCommands;
+   ENetList      outgoingUnreliableCommands;
+   enet_uint32   incomingUnsequencedGroup;
+   enet_uint32   outgoingUnsequencedGroup;
+   enet_uint32   unsequencedWindow [ENET_PEER_UNSEQUENCED_WINDOW_SIZE / 32]; 
+} ENetPeer;
+
+/** An ENet host for communicating with peers.
+  *
+  * No fields should be modified.
+
+    @sa enet_host_create()
+    @sa enet_host_destroy()
+    @sa enet_host_connect()
+    @sa enet_host_service()
+    @sa enet_host_flush()
+    @sa enet_host_broadcast()
+    @sa enet_host_bandwidth_limit()
+    @sa enet_host_bandwidth_throttle()
+  */
+typedef struct _ENetHost
+{
+   ENetSocket         socket;
+   ENetAddress        address;                     /**< Internet address of the host */
+   enet_uint32        incomingBandwidth;           /**< downstream bandwidth of the host */
+   enet_uint32        outgoingBandwidth;           /**< upstream bandwidth of the host */
+   enet_uint32        bandwidthThrottleEpoch;
+   enet_uint32        mtu;
+   int                recalculateBandwidthLimits;
+   ENetPeer *         peers;                       /**< array of peers allocated for this host */
+   size_t             peerCount;                   /**< number of peers allocated for this host */
+   ENetPeer *         lastServicedPeer;
+   size_t             packetSize;
+   ENetProtocol       commands [ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_PACKET_COMMANDS];
+   size_t             commandCount;
+   ENetBuffer         buffers [ENET_BUFFER_MAXIMUM];
+   size_t             bufferCount;
+   ENetAddress        receivedAddress;
+   enet_uint8         receivedData [ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_MTU];
+   size_t             receivedDataLength;
+} ENetHost;
+
+/**
+ * An ENet event type, as specified in @ref ENetEvent.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+   /** no event occurred within the specified time limit */
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_NONE       = 0,  
+
+   /** a connection request initiated by enet_host_connect has completed.  
+     * The peer field contains the peer which successfully connected. 
+     */
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT    = 1,  
+
+   /** a peer has disconnected.  This event is generated on a successful 
+     * completion of a disconnect initiated by enet_pper_disconnect, if 
+     * a peer has timed out, or if a connection request intialized by 
+     * enet_host_connect has timed out.  The peer field contains the peer 
+     * which disconnected. 
+     */
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT = 2,  
+
+   /** a packet has been received from a peer.  The peer field specifies the
+     * peer which sent the packet.  The channelID field specifies the channel
+     * number upon which the packet was received.  The packet field contains
+     * the packet that was received; this packet must be destroyed with
+     * enet_packet_destroy after use.
+     */
+   ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE    = 3
+} ENetEventType;
+
+/**
+ * An ENet event as returned by enet_host_service().
+   
+   @sa enet_host_service
+ */
+typedef struct _ENetEvent 
+{
+   ENetEventType        type;      /**< type of the event */
+   ENetPeer *           peer;      /**< peer that generated a connect, disconnect or receive event */
+   enet_uint8           channelID;
+   ENetPacket *         packet;
+} ENetEvent;
+
+/** @defgroup global ENet global functions
+    @{ 
+*/
+
+/** 
+  Initializes ENet globally.  Must be called prior to using any functions in
+  ENet.
+  @returns 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+*/
+ENET_API int enet_initialize (void);
+
+ENET_API int enet_initialize_with_callbacks (ENetVersion version, const ENetCallbacks * inits);
+
+/** 
+  Shuts down ENet globally.  Should be called when a program that has
+  initialized ENet exits.
+*/
+ENET_API void enet_deinitialize (void);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup private ENet private implementation functions */
+
+/**
+  Returns the wall-time in milliseconds.  Its initial value is unspecified
+  unless otherwise set.
+  */
+ENET_API enet_uint32 enet_time_get (void);
+/**
+  Sets the current wall-time in milliseconds.
+  */
+ENET_API void enet_time_set (enet_uint32);
+
+/** @defgroup socket ENet socket functions
+    @{
+    @ingroup private
+*/
+extern ENetSocket enet_socket_create (ENetSocketType, const ENetAddress *);
+extern ENetSocket enet_socket_accept (ENetSocket, ENetAddress *);
+extern int        enet_socket_connect (ENetSocket, const ENetAddress *);
+extern int        enet_socket_send (ENetSocket, const ENetAddress *, const ENetBuffer *, size_t);
+extern int        enet_socket_receive (ENetSocket, ENetAddress *, ENetBuffer *, size_t);
+extern int        enet_socket_wait (ENetSocket, enet_uint32 *, enet_uint32);
+extern void       enet_socket_destroy (ENetSocket);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup Address ENet address functions
+    @{
+*/
+/** Attempts to resolve the host named by the parameter hostName and sets
+    the host field in the address parameter if successful.
+    @param address destination to store resolved address
+    @param hostName host name to lookup
+    @retval 0 on success
+    @retval < 0 on failure
+    @returns the address of the given hostName in address on success
+*/
+ENET_API int enet_address_set_host (ENetAddress *address, const char *hostName );
+
+/** Attempts to do a reserve lookup of the host field in the address parameter.
+    @param address    address used for reverse lookup
+    @param hostName   destination for name, must not be NULL
+    @param nameLength maximum length of hostName.
+    @returns the null-terminated name of the host in hostName on success
+    @retval 0 on success
+    @retval < 0 on failure
+*/
+ENET_API int enet_address_get_host (const ENetAddress *address, char *hostName, size_t nameLength );
+
+/** @} */
+
+ENET_API ENetPacket * enet_packet_create (const void *dataContents, size_t dataLength, enet_uint32 flags);
+ENET_API void         enet_packet_destroy (ENetPacket *packet );
+ENET_API int          enet_packet_resize  (ENetPacket *packet, size_t dataLength );
+
+ENET_API ENetHost * enet_host_create (const ENetAddress *address, size_t peerCount, enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth, enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth );
+ENET_API void       enet_host_destroy (ENetHost *host );
+ENET_API ENetPeer * enet_host_connect (ENetHost *host, const ENetAddress *address, size_t channelCount );
+ENET_API int        enet_host_service (ENetHost *, ENetEvent *, enet_uint32);
+ENET_API void       enet_host_flush (ENetHost *);
+ENET_API void       enet_host_broadcast (ENetHost *, enet_uint8, ENetPacket *);
+ENET_API void       enet_host_bandwidth_limit (ENetHost *, enet_uint32, enet_uint32);
+extern   void       enet_host_bandwidth_throttle (ENetHost *);
+
+ENET_API int                 enet_peer_send (ENetPeer *, enet_uint8, ENetPacket *);
+ENET_API ENetPacket *        enet_peer_receive (ENetPeer *, enet_uint8);
+ENET_API void                enet_peer_ping (ENetPeer *);
+ENET_API void                enet_peer_reset (ENetPeer *);
+ENET_API void                enet_peer_disconnect (ENetPeer *);
+ENET_API void                enet_peer_disconnect_now (ENetPeer *);
+ENET_API void                enet_peer_throttle_configure (ENetPeer *, enet_uint32, enet_uint32, enet_uint32);
+extern int                   enet_peer_throttle (ENetPeer *, enet_uint32);
+extern void                  enet_peer_reset_queues (ENetPeer *);
+extern ENetOutgoingCommand * enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (ENetPeer *, const ENetProtocol *, ENetPacket *, enet_uint32, enet_uint16);
+extern ENetIncomingCommand * enet_peer_queue_incoming_command (ENetPeer *, const ENetProtocol *, ENetPacket *, enet_uint32);
+extern ENetAcknowledgement * enet_peer_queue_acknowledgement (ENetPeer *, const ENetProtocol *, enet_uint32);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __ENET_ENET_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/list.h

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/** 
+ @file  list.h
+ @brief ENet list management 
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_LIST_H__
+#define __ENET_LIST_H__
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+typedef struct _ENetListNode
+{
+   struct _ENetListNode * next;
+   struct _ENetListNode * previous;
+} ENetListNode;
+
+typedef ENetListNode * ENetListIterator;
+
+typedef struct _ENetList
+{
+   ENetListNode sentinel;
+} ENetList;
+
+extern void enet_list_clear (ENetList *);
+
+extern ENetListIterator enet_list_insert (ENetListIterator, void *);
+extern void * enet_list_remove (ENetListIterator);
+
+extern size_t enet_list_size (ENetList *);
+
+#define enet_list_begin(list) ((list) -> sentinel.next)
+#define enet_list_end(list) (& (list) -> sentinel)
+
+#define enet_list_empty(list) (enet_list_begin (list) == enet_list_end (list))
+
+#define enet_list_next(iterator) ((iterator) -> next)
+#define enet_list_previous(iterator) ((iterator) -> previous)
+
+#define enet_list_front(list) ((void *) (list) -> sentinel.next)
+#define enet_list_back(list) ((void *) (list) -> sentinel.previous)
+
+#endif /* __ENET_LIST_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/memory.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/** 
+ @file  memory.h
+ @brief ENet memory management
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_MEMORY_H__
+#define __ENET_MEMORY_H__
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/** @defgroup memory ENet internal memory management
+    @{
+    @ingroup private
+*/
+extern void * enet_malloc (size_t);
+extern void * enet_realloc (void *, size_t);
+extern void * enet_calloc (size_t, size_t);
+extern void   enet_free (void *);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* __ENET_MEMORY_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/protocol.h

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/** 
+ @file  protocol.h
+ @brief ENet protocol
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_PROTOCOL_H__
+#define __ENET_PROTOCOL_H__
+
+#include "enet/types.h"
+
+enum
+{
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_MTU             = 576,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_MTU             = 4096,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_PACKET_COMMANDS = 32,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE     = 4096,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE     = 32768,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_MINIMUM_CHANNEL_COUNT   = 1,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_CHANNEL_COUNT   = 255
+};
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_NONE               = 0,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_ACKNOWLEDGE        = 1,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_CONNECT            = 2,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_VERIFY_CONNECT     = 3,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_DISCONNECT         = 4,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_PING               = 5,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_RELIABLE      = 6,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_UNRELIABLE    = 7,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_FRAGMENT      = 8,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_BANDWIDTH_LIMIT    = 9,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_THROTTLE_CONFIGURE = 10,
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_UNSEQUENCED   = 11
+} ENetProtocolCommand;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE = (1 << 0),
+   ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_UNSEQUENCED = (1 << 1)
+} ENetProtocolFlag;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   enet_uint16 peerID;
+   enet_uint8 flags;
+   enet_uint8 commandCount;
+   enet_uint32 sentTime;
+   enet_uint32 challenge;
+} ENetProtocolHeader;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   enet_uint8 command;
+   enet_uint8 channelID;
+   enet_uint8 flags;
+   enet_uint8 reserved;
+   enet_uint32 commandLength;
+   enet_uint32 reliableSequenceNumber;
+} ENetProtocolCommandHeader;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint32 receivedReliableSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32 receivedSentTime;
+} ENetProtocolAcknowledge;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint16 outgoingPeerID;
+   enet_uint16 mtu;
+   enet_uint32 windowSize;
+   enet_uint32 channelCount;
+   enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth;
+   enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleInterval;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleAcceleration;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleDeceleration;
+} ENetProtocolConnect;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint16 outgoingPeerID;
+   enet_uint16 mtu;
+   enet_uint32 windowSize;
+   enet_uint32 channelCount;
+   enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth;
+   enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleInterval;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleAcceleration;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleDeceleration;
+} ENetProtocolVerifyConnect;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint32 incomingBandwidth;
+   enet_uint32 outgoingBandwidth;
+} ENetProtocolBandwidthLimit;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleInterval;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleAcceleration;
+   enet_uint32 packetThrottleDeceleration;
+} ENetProtocolThrottleConfigure;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+} ENetProtocolDisconnect;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+} ENetProtocolPing;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+} ENetProtocolSendReliable;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint32 unreliableSequenceNumber;
+} ENetProtocolSendUnreliable;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint32 unsequencedGroup;
+} ENetProtocolSendUnsequenced;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   enet_uint32 startSequenceNumber;
+   enet_uint32 fragmentCount;
+   enet_uint32 fragmentNumber;
+   enet_uint32 totalLength;
+   enet_uint32 fragmentOffset;
+} ENetProtocolSendFragment;
+
+typedef union
+{
+   ENetProtocolCommandHeader header;
+   ENetProtocolAcknowledge acknowledge;
+   ENetProtocolConnect connect;
+   ENetProtocolVerifyConnect verifyConnect;
+   ENetProtocolDisconnect disconnect;
+   ENetProtocolPing ping;
+   ENetProtocolSendReliable sendReliable;
+   ENetProtocolSendUnreliable sendUnreliable;
+   ENetProtocolSendUnsequenced sendUnsequenced;
+   ENetProtocolSendFragment sendFragment;
+   ENetProtocolBandwidthLimit bandwidthLimit;
+   ENetProtocolThrottleConfigure throttleConfigure;
+} ENetProtocol;
+
+#endif /* __ENET_PROTOCOL_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/time.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/** 
+ @file  time.h
+ @brief ENet time constants and macros
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_TIME_H__
+#define __ENET_TIME_H__
+
+#define ENET_TIME_OVERFLOW 86400000
+
+#define ENET_TIME_LESS(a, b) ((a) - (b) >= ENET_TIME_OVERFLOW)
+#define ENET_TIME_GREATER(a, b) ((b) - (a) >= ENET_TIME_OVERFLOW)
+#define ENET_TIME_LESS_EQUAL(a, b) (! ENET_TIME_GREATER (a, b))
+#define ENET_TIME_GREATER_EQUAL(a, b) (! ENET_TIME_LESS (a, b))
+
+#define ENET_TIME_DIFFERENCE(a, b) ((a) - (b) >= ENET_TIME_OVERFLOW ? (b) - (a) : (a) - (b))
+
+#endif /* __ENET_TIME_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/types.h

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/** 
+ @file  types.h
+ @brief type definitions for ENet
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_TYPES_H__
+#define __ENET_TYPES_H__
+
+typedef unsigned char enet_uint8;       /**< unsigned 8-bit type  */
+typedef unsigned short enet_uint16;     /**< unsigned 16-bit type */
+typedef unsigned int enet_uint32;      /**< unsigned 32-bit type */
+
+#endif /* __ENET_TYPES_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/unix.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/** 
+ @file  unix.h
+ @brief ENet Unix header
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_UNIX_H__
+#define __ENET_UNIX_H__
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+
+typedef int ENetSocket;
+
+enum
+{
+    ENET_SOCKET_NULL = -1
+};
+
+#define ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16(value) (htons (value)) /**< macro that converts host to net byte-order of a 16-bit value */
+#define ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32(value) (htonl (value)) /**< macro that converts host to net byte-order of a 32-bit value */
+
+#define ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16(value) (ntohs (value)) /**< macro that converts net to host byte-order of a 16-bit value */
+#define ENET_NET_TO_HOST_32(value) (ntohl (value)) /**< macro that converts net to host byte-order of a 32-bit value */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    void * data;
+    size_t dataLength;
+} ENetBuffer;
+
+#define ENET_CALLBACK
+
+#define ENET_API extern
+
+#endif /* __ENET_UNIX_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/utility.h

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/** 
+ @file  utility.h
+ @brief ENet utility header
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_UTILITY_H__
+#define __ENET_UTILITY_H__
+
+#define ENET_MAX(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
+#define ENET_MIN(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
+
+#endif /* __ENET_UTILITY_H__ */
+

enet/include/enet/win32.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/** 
+ @file  win32.h
+ @brief ENet Win32 header
+*/
+#ifndef __ENET_WIN32_H__
+#define __ENET_WIN32_H__
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <winsock2.h>
+
+typedef SOCKET ENetSocket;
+
+enum
+{
+    ENET_SOCKET_NULL = INVALID_SOCKET
+};
+
+#define ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16(value) (htons (value))
+#define ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32(value) (htonl (value))
+
+#define ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16(value) (ntohs (value))
+#define ENET_NET_TO_HOST_32(value) (ntohl (value))
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    size_t dataLength;
+    void * data;
+} ENetBuffer;
+
+#define ENET_CALLBACK __cdecl
+
+#if defined ENET_DLL
+#if defined ENET_BUILDING_LIB
+#define ENET_API __declspec( dllexport )
+#else
+#define ENET_API __declspec( dllimport )
+#endif /* ENET_BUILDING_LIB */
+#else /* !ENET_DLL */
+#define ENET_API extern
+#endif /* ENET_DLL */
+
+#endif /* __ENET_WIN32_H__ */
+
+

enet/install-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0

enet/list.c

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/** 
+ @file list.c
+ @brief ENet linked list functions
+*/
+#define ENET_BUILDING_LIB 1
+#include "enet/list.h"
+
+/** 
+    @defgroup list ENet linked list utility functions
+    @ingroup private
+    @{
+*/
+void
+enet_list_clear (ENetList * list)
+{
+   list -> sentinel.next = & list -> sentinel;
+   list -> sentinel.previous = & list -> sentinel;
+}
+
+ENetListIterator
+enet_list_insert (ENetListIterator position, void * data)
+{
+   ENetListIterator result = (ENetListIterator) data;
+
+   result -> previous = position -> previous;
+   result -> next = position;
+
+   result -> previous -> next = result;
+   position -> previous = result;
+
+   return result;
+}
+
+void *
+enet_list_remove (ENetListIterator position)
+{
+   position -> previous -> next = position -> next;
+   position -> next -> previous = position -> previous;
+
+   return position;
+}
+
+size_t
+enet_list_size (ENetList * list)
+{
+   size_t size = 0;
+   ENetListIterator position;
+
+   for (position = enet_list_begin (list);
+        position != enet_list_end (list);
+        position = enet_list_next (position))
+     ++ size;
+   
+   return size;
+}
+
+/** @} */

enet/missing

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Franc,ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+case "$1" in
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
+  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
+  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  makeinfo     touch the output file
+  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing - GNU libit 0.0"
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+  aclocal)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'.  You might want
+         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
+         any GNU archive site."
+    touch aclocal.m4
+    ;;
+
+  autoconf)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`configure.in'.  You might want to install the
+         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
+         archive site."
+    touch configure
+    ;;
+
+  autoheader)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`configure.in'.  You might want
+         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
+         from any GNU archive site."
+    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' configure.in`
+    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+    touch_files=
+    for f in $files; do
+      case "$f" in
+      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+      esac
+    done
+    touch $touch_files
+    ;;
+
+  automake)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`configure.in'.
+         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+    ;;
+
+  bison|yacc)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+	case "$LASTARG" in
+	*.y)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+	    fi
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
+	echo >y.tab.h
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  lex|flex)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f lex.yy.c
+    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+	case "$LASTARG" in
+	*.l)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  makeinfo)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
+         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    if test -z "$file"; then
+      file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+      file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
+    fi
+    touch $file
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+         system.  You might have modified some files without having the
+         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
+         it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
+         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0

enet/mkinstalldirs

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Public domain
+
+# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.3 2005/07/22 06:15:34 eihrul Exp $
+
+errstatus=0
+
+for file
+do
+   set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+   shift
+
+   pathcomp=
+   for d
+   do
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+     case "$pathcomp" in
+       -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+     esac
+
+     if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+        echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
+
+        mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+        if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+  	  errstatus=$lasterr
+        fi
+     fi
+
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+   done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# mkinstalldirs ends here

enet/packet.c

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/** 
+ @file  packet.c
+ @brief ENet packet management functions
+*/
+#include <string.h>
+#define ENET_BUILDING_LIB 1
+#include "enet/enet.h"
+
+/** @defgroup Packet ENet packet functions 
+    @{ 
+*/
+
+/** Creates a packet that may be sent to a peer.
+    @param dataContents initial contents of the packet's data; the packet's data will remain uninitialized if dataContents is NULL.
+    @param dataLength   size of the data allocated for this packet
+    @param flags        flags for this packet as described for the ENetPacket structure.
+    @returns the packet on success, NULL on failure
+*/
+ENetPacket *
+enet_packet_create (const void * data, size_t dataLength, enet_uint32 flags)
+{
+    ENetPacket * packet = (ENetPacket *) enet_malloc (sizeof (ENetPacket));
+
+    packet -> data = (enet_uint8 *) enet_malloc (dataLength);
+
+    if (data != NULL)
+      memcpy (packet -> data, data, dataLength);
+
+    packet -> referenceCount = 0;
+    packet -> flags = flags;
+    packet -> dataLength = dataLength;
+
+    return packet;
+}
+
+/** Destroys the packet and deallocates its data.
+    @param packet packet to be destroyed
+*/
+void
+enet_packet_destroy (ENetPacket * packet)
+{
+    enet_free (packet -> data);
+    enet_free (packet);
+}
+
+/** Attempts to resize the data in the packet to length specified in the 
+    dataLength parameter 
+    @param packet packet to resize
+    @param dataLength new size for the packet data
+    @returns 0 on success, < 0 on failure
+*/
+int
+enet_packet_resize (ENetPacket * packet, size_t dataLength)
+{
+    enet_uint8 * newData;
+   
+    if (dataLength <= packet -> dataLength)
+    {
+       packet -> dataLength = dataLength;
+
+       return 0;
+    }
+
+    newData = (enet_uint8 *) enet_malloc (dataLength);
+    memcpy (newData, packet -> data, packet -> dataLength);
+    enet_free (packet -> data);
+    
+    packet -> data = newData;
+    packet -> dataLength = dataLength;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/** @} */

enet/peer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
+/** 
+ @file  peer.c
+ @brief ENet peer management functions
+*/
+#define ENET_BUILDING_LIB 1
+#include "enet/enet.h"
+
+/** @defgroup peer ENet peer functions 
+    @{
+*/
+
+/** Configures throttle parameter for a peer.
+
+    Unreliable packets are dropped by ENet in response to the varying conditions
+    of the Internet connection to the peer.  The throttle represents a probability
+    that an unreliable packet should not be dropped and thus sent by ENet to the peer.
+    The lowest mean round trip time from the sending of a reliable packet to the
+    receipt of its acknowledgement is measured over an amount of time specified by
+    the interval parameter in milliseconds.  If a measured round trip time happens to
+    be significantly less than the mean round trip time measured over the interval, 
+    then the throttle probability is increased to allow more traffic by an amount
+    specified in the acceleration parameter, which is a ratio to the ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE
+    constant.  If a measured round trip time happens to be significantly greater than
+    the mean round trip time measured over the interval, then the throttle probability
+    is decreased to limit traffic by an amount specified in the deceleration parameter, which
+    is a ratio to the ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE constant.  When the throttle has
+    a value of ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE, on unreliable packets are dropped by 
+    ENet, and so 100% of all unreliable packets will be sent.  When the throttle has a
+    value of 0, all unreliable packets are dropped by ENet, and so 0% of all unreliable
+    packets will be sent.  Intermediate values for the throttle represent intermediate
+    probabilities between 0% and 100% of unreliable packets being sent.  The bandwidth
+    limits of the local and foreign hosts are taken into account to determine a 
+    sensible limit for the throttle probability above which it should not raise even in
+    the best of conditions.
+
+    @param peer peer to configure 
+    @param interval interval, in milliseconds, over which to measure lowest mean RTT; the default value is ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_INTERVAL.
+    @param acceleration rate at which to increase the throttle probability as mean RTT declines
+    @param deceleration rate at which to decrease the throttle probability as mean RTT increases
+*/
+void
+enet_peer_throttle_configure (ENetPeer * peer, enet_uint32 interval, enet_uint32 acceleration, enet_uint32 deceleration)
+{
+    ENetProtocol command;
+
+    peer -> packetThrottleInterval = interval;
+    peer -> packetThrottleAcceleration = acceleration;
+    peer -> packetThrottleDeceleration = deceleration;
+
+    command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_THROTTLE_CONFIGURE;
+    command.header.channelID = 0xFF;
+    command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE;
+    command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolThrottleConfigure);
+
+    command.throttleConfigure.packetThrottleInterval = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (interval);
+    command.throttleConfigure.packetThrottleAcceleration = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (acceleration);
+    command.throttleConfigure.packetThrottleDeceleration = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (deceleration);
+
+    enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (peer, & command, NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+enet_peer_throttle (ENetPeer * peer, enet_uint32 rtt)
+{
+    if (peer -> lastRoundTripTime <= peer -> lastRoundTripTimeVariance)
+    {
+        peer -> packetThrottle = peer -> packetThrottleLimit;
+    }
+    else
+    if (rtt < peer -> lastRoundTripTime)
+    {
+        peer -> packetThrottle += peer -> packetThrottleAcceleration;
+
+        if (peer -> packetThrottle > peer -> packetThrottleLimit)
+          peer -> packetThrottle = peer -> packetThrottleLimit;
+
+        return 1;
+    }
+    else
+    if (rtt > peer -> lastRoundTripTime + 2 * peer -> lastRoundTripTimeVariance)
+    {
+        if (peer -> packetThrottle > peer -> packetThrottleDeceleration)
+          peer -> packetThrottle -= peer -> packetThrottleDeceleration;
+        else
+          peer -> packetThrottle = 0;
+
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/** Queues a packet to be sent.
+    @param peer destination for the packet
+    @param channelID channel on which to send
+    @param packet packet to send
+    @retval 0 on success
+    @retval < 0 on failure
+*/
+int
+enet_peer_send (ENetPeer * peer, enet_uint8 channelID, ENetPacket * packet)
+{
+   ENetChannel * channel = & peer -> channels [channelID];
+   ENetProtocol command;
+   size_t fragmentLength;
+
+   if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED ||
+       channelID >= peer -> channelCount)
+     return -1;
+
+   fragmentLength = peer -> mtu - sizeof (ENetProtocolHeader) - sizeof (ENetProtocolSendFragment);
+
+   if (packet -> dataLength > fragmentLength)
+   {
+      enet_uint32 fragmentCount = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 ((packet -> dataLength + fragmentLength - 1) / fragmentLength),
+             startSequenceNumber = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (channel -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber + 1),
+             fragmentNumber,
+             fragmentOffset;
+
+      packet -> flags = ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE;
+
+      for (fragmentNumber = 0,
+             fragmentOffset = 0;
+           fragmentOffset < packet -> dataLength;
+           ++ fragmentNumber,
+             fragmentOffset += fragmentLength)
+      {
+         command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_FRAGMENT;
+         command.header.channelID = channelID;
+         command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE;
+         command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolSendFragment);
+         command.sendFragment.startSequenceNumber = startSequenceNumber;
+         command.sendFragment.fragmentCount = fragmentCount;
+         command.sendFragment.fragmentNumber = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (fragmentNumber);
+         command.sendFragment.totalLength = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (packet -> dataLength);
+         command.sendFragment.fragmentOffset = ENET_NET_TO_HOST_32 (fragmentOffset);
+
+         if (packet -> dataLength - fragmentOffset < fragmentLength)
+           fragmentLength = packet -> dataLength - fragmentOffset;
+
+         enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (peer, & command, packet, fragmentOffset, fragmentLength);
+      }
+
+      return 0;
+   }
+
+   command.header.channelID = channelID;
+
+   if (packet -> flags & ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE)
+   {
+      command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_RELIABLE;
+      command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE;
+      command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolSendReliable);
+   }
+   else
+   if (packet -> flags & ENET_PACKET_FLAG_UNSEQUENCED)
+   {
+      command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_UNSEQUENCED;
+      command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_UNSEQUENCED;
+      command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolSendUnsequenced);
+      command.sendUnsequenced.unsequencedGroup = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (peer -> outgoingUnsequencedGroup + 1);
+   }
+   else
+   {
+      command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_UNRELIABLE;
+      command.header.flags = 0;
+      command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolSendUnreliable);
+      command.sendUnreliable.unreliableSequenceNumber = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (channel -> outgoingUnreliableSequenceNumber + 1);
+   }
+
+   enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (peer, & command, packet, 0, packet -> dataLength);
+
+   return 0;
+}
+
+/** Attempts to dequeue any incoming queued packet.
+    @param peer peer to dequeue packets from
+    @param channelID channel on which to receive
+    @returns a pointer to the packet, or NULL if there are no available incoming queued packets
+*/
+ENetPacket *
+enet_peer_receive (ENetPeer * peer, enet_uint8 channelID)
+{
+   ENetChannel * channel = & peer -> channels [channelID];
+   ENetIncomingCommand * incomingCommand = NULL;
+   ENetPacket * packet;
+
+   if (enet_list_empty (& channel -> incomingUnreliableCommands) == 0)
+   {
+      incomingCommand = (ENetIncomingCommand *) enet_list_front (& channel -> incomingUnreliableCommands);
+
+      if (incomingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber > 0)
+      {
+         if (incomingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber > channel -> incomingReliableSequenceNumber)
+           incomingCommand = NULL;
+         else
+           channel -> incomingUnreliableSequenceNumber = incomingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber;
+      }
+   }
+
+   if (incomingCommand == NULL &&
+       enet_list_empty (& channel -> incomingReliableCommands) == 0)
+   {
+      do
+      {
+        incomingCommand = (ENetIncomingCommand *) enet_list_front (& channel -> incomingReliableCommands);
+
+        if (incomingCommand -> fragmentsRemaining > 0 ||
+            incomingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber > channel -> incomingReliableSequenceNumber + 1)
+          return NULL;
+
+        if (incomingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber <= channel -> incomingReliableSequenceNumber)
+        {
+           -- incomingCommand -> packet -> referenceCount;
+
+           if (incomingCommand -> packet -> referenceCount == 0)
+             enet_packet_destroy (incomingCommand -> packet);
+
+           if (incomingCommand -> fragments != NULL)
+             enet_free (incomingCommand -> fragments);
+
+           enet_list_remove (& incomingCommand -> incomingCommandList);
+
+           enet_free (incomingCommand);
+
+           incomingCommand = NULL;
+        }
+      } while (incomingCommand == NULL &&
+               enet_list_empty (& channel -> incomingReliableCommands) == 0);
+
+      if (incomingCommand == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+
+      channel -> incomingReliableSequenceNumber = incomingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber;
+
+      if (incomingCommand -> fragmentCount > 0)
+        channel -> incomingReliableSequenceNumber += incomingCommand -> fragmentCount - 1;
+   }
+
+   if (incomingCommand == NULL)
+     return NULL;
+
+   enet_list_remove (& incomingCommand -> incomingCommandList);
+
+   packet = incomingCommand -> packet;
+
+   -- packet -> referenceCount;
+
+   if (incomingCommand -> fragments != NULL)
+     enet_free (incomingCommand -> fragments);
+
+   enet_free (incomingCommand);
+
+   return packet;
+}
+
+static void
+enet_peer_reset_outgoing_commands (ENetList * queue)
+{
+    ENetOutgoingCommand * outgoingCommand;
+
+    while (enet_list_empty (queue) == 0)
+    {
+       outgoingCommand = (ENetOutgoingCommand *) enet_list_remove (enet_list_begin (queue));
+
+       if (outgoingCommand -> packet != NULL)
+       {
+          -- outgoingCommand -> packet -> referenceCount;
+
+          if (outgoingCommand -> packet -> referenceCount == 0)
+            enet_packet_destroy (outgoingCommand -> packet);
+       }
+
+       enet_free (outgoingCommand);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+enet_peer_reset_incoming_commands (ENetList * queue)
+{
+    ENetIncomingCommand * incomingCommand;
+
+    while (enet_list_empty (queue) == 0)
+    {
+       incomingCommand = (ENetIncomingCommand *) enet_list_remove (enet_list_begin (queue));
+
+       if (incomingCommand -> packet != NULL)
+       {
+          -- incomingCommand -> packet -> referenceCount;
+
+          if (incomingCommand -> packet -> referenceCount == 0)
+            enet_packet_destroy (incomingCommand -> packet);
+       }
+
+       if (incomingCommand -> fragments != NULL)
+         enet_free (incomingCommand -> fragments);
+
+       enet_free (incomingCommand);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+enet_peer_reset_queues (ENetPeer * peer)
+{
+    ENetChannel * channel;
+
+    while (enet_list_empty (& peer -> acknowledgements) == 0)
+      enet_free (enet_list_remove (enet_list_begin (& peer -> acknowledgements)));
+
+    enet_peer_reset_outgoing_commands (& peer -> sentReliableCommands);
+    enet_peer_reset_outgoing_commands (& peer -> sentUnreliableCommands);
+    enet_peer_reset_outgoing_commands (& peer -> outgoingReliableCommands);
+    enet_peer_reset_outgoing_commands (& peer -> outgoingUnreliableCommands);
+
+    if (peer -> channels != NULL && peer -> channelCount > 0)
+    {
+        for (channel = peer -> channels;
+             channel < & peer -> channels [peer -> channelCount];
+             ++ channel)
+        {
+            enet_peer_reset_incoming_commands (& channel -> incomingReliableCommands);
+            enet_peer_reset_incoming_commands (& channel -> incomingUnreliableCommands);
+        }
+
+        enet_free (peer -> channels);
+    }
+
+    peer -> channels = NULL;
+    peer -> channelCount = 0;
+}
+
+/** Forcefully disconnects a peer.
+    @param peer peer to forcefully disconnect
+    @remarks The foreign host represented by the peer is not notified of the disconnection and will timeout
+    on its connection to the local host.
+*/
+void
+enet_peer_reset (ENetPeer * peer)
+{
+    peer -> outgoingPeerID = 0xFFFF;
+    peer -> challenge = 0;
+
+    peer -> address.host = ENET_HOST_ANY;
+    peer -> address.port = 0;
+
+    peer -> state = ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTED;
+
+    peer -> incomingBandwidth = 0;
+    peer -> outgoingBandwidth = 0;
+    peer -> incomingBandwidthThrottleEpoch = 0;
+    peer -> outgoingBandwidthThrottleEpoch = 0;
+    peer -> incomingDataTotal = 0;
+    peer -> outgoingDataTotal = 0;
+    peer -> lastSendTime = 0;
+    peer -> lastReceiveTime = 0;
+    peer -> nextTimeout = 0;
+    peer -> earliestTimeout = 0;
+    peer -> packetLossEpoch = 0;
+    peer -> packetsSent = 0;
+    peer -> packetsLost = 0;
+    peer -> packetLoss = 0;
+    peer -> packetLossVariance = 0;
+    peer -> packetThrottle = ENET_PEER_DEFAULT_PACKET_THROTTLE;
+    peer -> packetThrottleLimit = ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_SCALE;
+    peer -> packetThrottleCounter = 0;
+    peer -> packetThrottleEpoch = 0;
+    peer -> packetThrottleAcceleration = ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_ACCELERATION;
+    peer -> packetThrottleDeceleration = ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_DECELERATION;
+    peer -> packetThrottleInterval = ENET_PEER_PACKET_THROTTLE_INTERVAL;
+    peer -> lastRoundTripTime = ENET_PEER_DEFAULT_ROUND_TRIP_TIME;
+    peer -> lowestRoundTripTime = ENET_PEER_DEFAULT_ROUND_TRIP_TIME;
+    peer -> lastRoundTripTimeVariance = 0;
+    peer -> highestRoundTripTimeVariance = 0;
+    peer -> roundTripTime = ENET_PEER_DEFAULT_ROUND_TRIP_TIME;
+    peer -> roundTripTimeVariance = 0;
+    peer -> mtu = peer -> host -> mtu;
+    peer -> reliableDataInTransit = 0;
+    peer -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+    peer -> windowSize = ENET_PROTOCOL_MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE;
+    peer -> incomingUnsequencedGroup = 0;
+    peer -> outgoingUnsequencedGroup = 0;
+
+    memset (peer -> unsequencedWindow, 0, sizeof (peer -> unsequencedWindow));
+    
+    enet_peer_reset_queues (peer);
+}
+
+/** Sends a ping request to a peer.
+    @param peer destination for the ping request
+    @remarks ping requests factor into the mean round trip time as designated by the 
+    roundTripTime field in the ENetPeer structure.  Enet automatically pings all connected
+    peers at regular intervals, however, this function may be called to ensure more
+    frequent ping requests.
+*/
+void
+enet_peer_ping (ENetPeer * peer)
+{
+    ENetProtocol command;
+
+    if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED)
+      return;
+
+    command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_PING;
+    command.header.channelID = 0xFF;
+    command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE;
+    command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolPing);
+   
+    enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (peer, & command, NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/** Force an immediate disconnection from a peer.
+    @param peer peer to disconnect
+    @remarks No ENET_EVENT_DISCONNECT event will be generated. The foreign peer is not
+    guarenteed to receive the disconnect notification, and is reset immediately upon
+    return from this function.
+*/
+void
+enet_peer_disconnect_now (ENetPeer * peer)
+{
+    ENetProtocol command;
+
+    if (peer -> state == ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTED)
+      return;
+
+    if (peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_ZOMBIE &&
+        peer -> state != ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTING)
+    {
+        enet_peer_reset_queues (peer);
+
+        command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_DISCONNECT;
+        command.header.channelID = 0xFF;
+        command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_UNSEQUENCED;
+        command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolDisconnect);
+
+        enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (peer, & command, NULL, 0, 0);
+
+        enet_host_flush (peer -> host);
+    }
+
+    enet_peer_reset (peer);
+}
+
+/** Request a disconnection from a peer.
+    @param peer peer to request a disconnection
+    @remarks An ENET_EVENT_DISCONNECT event will be generated by enet_host_service()
+    once the disconnection is complete.
+*/
+void
+enet_peer_disconnect (ENetPeer * peer)
+{
+    ENetProtocol command;
+
+    if (peer -> state == ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTING ||
+        peer -> state == ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTED ||
+        peer -> state == ENET_PEER_STATE_ZOMBIE)
+      return;
+
+    enet_peer_reset_queues (peer);
+
+    command.header.command = ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_DISCONNECT;
+    command.header.channelID = 0xFF;
+    command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_UNSEQUENCED;
+    command.header.commandLength = sizeof (ENetProtocolDisconnect);
+
+    if (peer -> state == ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED)
+      command.header.flags = ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE;
+    
+    enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (peer, & command, NULL, 0, 0);
+
+    if (peer -> state == ENET_PEER_STATE_CONNECTED)
+      peer -> state = ENET_PEER_STATE_DISCONNECTING;
+    else
+    {
+        enet_host_flush (peer -> host);
+        enet_peer_reset (peer);
+    }
+}
+
+ENetAcknowledgement *
+enet_peer_queue_acknowledgement (ENetPeer * peer, const ENetProtocol * command, enet_uint32 sentTime)
+{
+    ENetAcknowledgement * acknowledgement;
+
+    peer -> outgoingDataTotal += sizeof (ENetProtocolAcknowledge);
+
+    acknowledgement = (ENetAcknowledgement *) enet_malloc (sizeof (ENetAcknowledgement));
+
+    acknowledgement -> sentTime = sentTime;
+    acknowledgement -> command = * command;
+    
+    enet_list_insert (enet_list_end (& peer -> acknowledgements), acknowledgement);
+    
+    return acknowledgement;
+}
+
+ENetOutgoingCommand *
+enet_peer_queue_outgoing_command (ENetPeer * peer, const ENetProtocol * command, ENetPacket * packet, enet_uint32 offset, enet_uint16 length)
+{
+    ENetChannel * channel = & peer -> channels [command -> header.channelID];
+    ENetOutgoingCommand * outgoingCommand;
+
+    peer -> outgoingDataTotal += command -> header.commandLength + length;
+
+    outgoingCommand = (ENetOutgoingCommand *) enet_malloc (sizeof (ENetOutgoingCommand));
+
+    if (command -> header.channelID == 0xFF)
+    {
+       ++ peer -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber;
+
+       outgoingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber = peer -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber;
+       outgoingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    if (command -> header.flags & ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE)
+    {
+       ++ channel -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber;
+       
+       outgoingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber = channel -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber;
+       outgoingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    if (command -> header.flags & ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_UNSEQUENCED)
+    {
+       ++ peer -> outgoingUnsequencedGroup;
+
+       outgoingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+       outgoingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       ++ channel -> outgoingUnreliableSequenceNumber;
+        
+       outgoingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber = channel -> outgoingReliableSequenceNumber;
+       outgoingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber = channel -> outgoingUnreliableSequenceNumber;
+    }
+   
+    outgoingCommand -> sentTime = 0;
+    outgoingCommand -> roundTripTimeout = 0;
+    outgoingCommand -> roundTripTimeoutLimit = 0;
+    outgoingCommand -> fragmentOffset = offset;
+    outgoingCommand -> fragmentLength = length;
+    outgoingCommand -> packet = packet;
+    outgoingCommand -> command = * command;
+    outgoingCommand -> command.header.reliableSequenceNumber = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_32 (outgoingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber);
+
+    if (packet != NULL)
+      ++ packet -> referenceCount;
+
+    if (command -> header.flags & ENET_PROTOCOL_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGE)
+      enet_list_insert (enet_list_end (& peer -> outgoingReliableCommands), outgoingCommand);
+    else
+      enet_list_insert (enet_list_end (& peer -> outgoingUnreliableCommands), outgoingCommand);
+
+    return outgoingCommand;
+}
+
+ENetIncomingCommand *
+enet_peer_queue_incoming_command (ENetPeer * peer, const ENetProtocol * command, ENetPacket * packet, enet_uint32 fragmentCount)
+{
+    ENetChannel * channel = & peer -> channels [command -> header.channelID];
+    enet_uint32 unreliableSequenceNumber = 0;
+    ENetIncomingCommand * incomingCommand;
+    ENetListIterator currentCommand;
+
+    switch (command -> header.command)
+    {
+    case ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_FRAGMENT:
+    case ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_RELIABLE:
+       for (currentCommand = enet_list_previous (enet_list_end (& channel -> incomingReliableCommands));
+            currentCommand != enet_list_end (& channel -> incomingReliableCommands);
+            currentCommand = enet_list_previous (currentCommand))
+       {
+          incomingCommand = (ENetIncomingCommand *) currentCommand;
+
+          if (incomingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber <= command -> header.reliableSequenceNumber)
+          {
+             if (incomingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber < command -> header.reliableSequenceNumber)
+               break;
+
+             goto freePacket;
+          }
+       }
+       break;
+
+    case ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_UNRELIABLE:
+       unreliableSequenceNumber = ENET_NET_TO_HOST_32 (command -> sendUnreliable.unreliableSequenceNumber);
+
+       if (command -> header.reliableSequenceNumber < channel -> incomingReliableSequenceNumber)
+         goto freePacket;
+
+       if (unreliableSequenceNumber <= channel -> incomingUnreliableSequenceNumber)
+         goto freePacket;
+
+       for (currentCommand = enet_list_previous (enet_list_end (& channel -> incomingUnreliableCommands));
+            currentCommand != enet_list_end (& channel -> incomingUnreliableCommands);
+            currentCommand = enet_list_previous (currentCommand))
+       {
+          incomingCommand = (ENetIncomingCommand *) currentCommand;
+
+          if (incomingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber <= unreliableSequenceNumber)
+          {
+             if (incomingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber < unreliableSequenceNumber)
+               break;
+
+             goto freePacket;
+          }
+       }
+       break;
+
+    case ENET_PROTOCOL_COMMAND_SEND_UNSEQUENCED:
+       currentCommand = enet_list_end (& channel -> incomingUnreliableCommands);
+       break;
+
+    default:
+       goto freePacket;
+    }
+
+    incomingCommand = (ENetIncomingCommand *) enet_malloc (sizeof (ENetIncomingCommand));
+
+    incomingCommand -> reliableSequenceNumber = command -> header.reliableSequenceNumber;
+    incomingCommand -> unreliableSequenceNumber = unreliableSequenceNumber;
+    incomingCommand -> command = * command;
+    incomingCommand -> fragmentCount = fragmentCount;
+    incomingCommand -> fragmentsRemaining = fragmentCount;
+    incomingCommand -> packet = packet;
+    incomingCommand -> fragments = NULL;
+    
+    if (fragmentCount > 0)
+    { 
+       incomingCommand -> fragments = (enet_uint32 *) enet_malloc ((fragmentCount + 31) / 32 * sizeof (enet_uint32));
+       memset (incomingCommand -> fragments, 0, (fragmentCount + 31) / 32 * sizeof (enet_uint32));
+    }
+
+    if (packet != NULL)
+      ++ packet -> referenceCount;
+
+    enet_list_insert (enet_list_next (currentCommand), incomingCommand);
+
+    return incomingCommand;
+
+freePacket:
+    if (packet != NULL)
+    {
+       if (packet -> referenceCount == 0)
+         enet_packet_destroy (packet);
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/** @} */

enet/tutorial.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+* Using ENet
+
+    Before using ENet, you must call enet_initialize() to initialize the
+library. Upon program exit, you should call enet_deinitialize() so that
+the library may clean up any used resources.
+
+i.e.
+
+int 
+main (int argc, char ** argv) 
+{
+    if (enet_initialize () != 0)
+    {
+        fprintf (stderror, "An error occurred while initializing ENet.\n");
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+    atexit (enet_deinitialize);
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+}
+        
+* Creating an ENet server
+
+    Servers in ENet are constructed with enet_host_create(). You must specify
+an address on which to receive data and new connections, as well as the maximum
+allowable numbers of connected peers. You may optionally specify the incoming
+and outgoing bandwidth of the server in bytes per second so that ENet may try
+to statically manage bandwidth resources among connected peers in addition to
+its dynamic throttling algorithm; specifying 0 for these two options will cause 
+ENet to rely entirely upon its dynamic throttling algorithm to manage 
+bandwidth.
+
+    When done with a host, the host may be destroyed with enet_host_destroy().
+All connected peers to the host will be reset, and the resources used by
+the host will be freed.
+
+i.e.
+
+    ENetAddress address;
+    ENetHost * server;
+
+    /* Bind the server to the default localhost.
+     * A specific host address can be specified by
+     * enet_address_set_host (& address, "x.x.x.x");
+     */
+    address.host = ENET_HOST_ANY;
+    /* Bind the server to port 1234. */
+    address.port = 1234;
+
+    server = enet_host_create (& address /* the address to bind the server host to */, 
+                32 /* allow up to 32 clients and/or outgoing connections */,
+                0 /* assume any amount of incoming bandwidth */,
+                0 /* assume any amount of outgoing bandwidth */);
+    if (server == NULL)
+    {
+        fprintf (stderr, 
+                 "An error occurred while trying to create an ENet server host.\n");
+        exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+    enet_host_destroy(server);
+
+* Creating an ENet client
+
+    Clients in ENet are similarly constructed with enet_host_create() when no
+address is specified to bind the host to. Bandwidth may be specified for the 
+client host as in the above example. The peer count controls the maximum number
+of connections to other server hosts that may be simultaneously open.
+
+i.e.
+
+    ENetHost * client;
+
+    clienet = enet_host_create (NULL /* create a client host */,
+                1 /* only allow 1 outgoing connection */,
+                57600 / 8 /* 56K modem with 56 Kbps downstream bandwidth */,
+                14400 / 8 /* 56K modem with 14 Kbps upstream bandwidth */);
+
+    if (client == NULL)
+    {
+        fprintf (stderr, 
+                 "An error occurred while trying to create an ENet client host.\n");
+        exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+    enet_host_destroy(client);
+
+* Managing an ENet host
+
+    ENet uses a polled event model to notify the programmer of significant 
+events. ENet hosts are polled for events with enet_host_service(), where an
+optional timeout value in milliseconds may be specified to control how long
+ENet will poll; if a timeout of 0 is specified, enet_host_service() will
+return immediately if there are no events to dispatch. enet_host_service()
+will return 1 if an event was dispatched within the specified timeout.
+
+    Currently there are only four types of significant events in ENet:
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_NONE is returned if no event occurred
+within the specified time limit. enet_host_service() will return 0
+with this event.
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT is returned when either a new client
+host has connected to the server host or when an attempt to establish a 
+connection with a foreign host has succeeded. Only the "peer" field of the 
+event structure is valid for this event and contains the newly connected peer.
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE is returned when a packet is received
+from a connected peer. The "peer" field contains the peer the packet was 
+received from, "channelID" is the channel on which the packet was sent, and 
+"packet" is the packet that was sent. The packet contained in the "packet" 
+field must be destroyed with enet_packet_destroy() when you are done 
+inspecting its contents.
+
+An event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT is returned when a connected peer
+has either explicitly disconnected or timed out. Only the "peer" field of the
+event structure is valid for this event and contains the peer that 
+disconnected. Only the "data" field of the peer is still valid on a 
+disconnect event and must be explicitly reset.
+
+i.e.
+
+    ENetEvent event;
+    
+    /* Wait up to 1000 milliseconds for an event. */
+    while (enet_host_service (client, & event, 1000) > 0)
+    {
+        switch (event.type)
+        {
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT:
+            printf ("A new client connected from %x:%u.\n", 
+                    event.peer -> address.host,
+                    event.peer -> address.port);
+
+            /* Store any relevant client information here. */
+            event.peer -> data = "Client information";
+
+            break;
+
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE:
+            printf ("A packet of length %u containing %s was received from %s on channel %u.\n",
+                    event.packet -> dataLength,
+                    event.packet -> data,
+                    event.peer -> data,
+                    event.channelID);
+
+            /* Clean up the packet now that we're done using it. */
+            enet_packet_destroy (event.packet);
+            
+            break;
+           
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT:
+            printf ("%s disconected.\n", event.peer -> data);
+
+            /* Reset the peer's client information. */
+
+            event.peer -> data = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+
+* Sending a packet to an ENet peer            
+
+    Packets in ENet are created with enet_packet_create(), where the size of
+the packet must be specified. Optionally, initial data may be specified to 
+copy into the packet.
+
+    Certain flags may also be supplied to enet_packet_create() to control 
+various packet features:
+
+ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE specifies that the packet must use reliable delivery.
+A reliable packet is guarenteed to be delivered, and a number of retry attempts
+will be made until an acknowledgement is received from the foreign host the
+packet is sent to. If a certain number of retry attempts is reached without
+any acknowledgement, ENet will assume the peer has disconnected and forcefully
+reset the connection. If this flag is not specified, the packet is assumed
+an unreliable packet, and no retry attempts will be made nor acknowledgements
+generated.
+
+    A packet may be resized (extended or truncated) with enet_packet_resize().
+
+    A packet is sent to a foreign host with enet_peer_send(). enet_peer_send()
+accepts a channel id over which to send the packet to a given peer. Once the
+packet is handed over to ENet with enet_peer_send(), ENet will handle its
+deallocation and enet_packet_destroy() should not be used upon it.
+
+    One may also use enet_host_broadcast() to send a packet to all connected
+peers on a given host over a specified channel id, as with enet_peer_send().
+
+    Queued packets will be sent on a call to enet_host_service().
+Alternatively, enet_host_flush() will send out queued packets without
+dispatching any events.
+
+i.e.
+
+    /* Create a reliable packet of size 7 containing "packet\0" */
+    ENetPacket * packet = enet_packet_create ("packet", 
+                                              strlen ("packet") + 1, 
+                                              ENET_PACKET_FLAG_RELIABLE);
+
+    /* Extend the packet so and append the string "foo", so it now
+     * contains "packetfoo\0"
+     *
+    enet_packet_resize (packet, strlen ("packetfoo") + 1);
+    strcpy (& packet -> data [strlen ("packet")], "foo");
+    
+    /* Send the packet to the peer over channel id 3.
+     * One could also broadcast the packet by
+     * enet_host_broadcast (host, 3, packet);
+     */
+    enet_peer_send (peer, 3, packet);
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+    /* One could just use enet_host_service() instead. */
+    enet_host_flush (host);
+
+* Disconnecting an ENet peer
+
+    Peers may be gently disconnected with enet_peer_disconnect(). A disconnect
+request will be sent to the foreign host, and ENet will wait for an 
+acknowledgement from the foreign host before finally disconnecting. An
+event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT will be generated once the
+disconnection succeeds. Normally timeouts apply to the disconnect
+acknowledgement, and so if no acknowledgement is received after a length
+of time the peer will be forcefully disconnected.
+
+    enet_peer_reset() will forcefully disconnect a peer. The foreign host
+will get no notification of a disconnect and will time out on the foreign
+host. No event is generated.
+
+i.e.
+    ENetEvent event;
+    
+    enet_peer_disconnect (& client -> peers [0]);
+
+    /* Allow up to 3 seconds for the disconnect to succeed
+     * and drop any packets received packets.
+     */
+    while (enet_host_service (client, & event, 3000) > 0)
+    {
+        switch (event.type)
+        {
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_RECEIVE:
+            enet_packet_destroy (event.packet);
+            break;
+
+        case ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT:
+            puts ("Disconnection succeeded.");
+            return;
+        ...
+        ...
+        ...
+        }
+    }
+    
+    /* We've arrived here, so the disconnect attempt didn't succeed yet.
+     * Force the connection down.
+     */
+    enet_peer_reset (& client -> peers [0]);
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+
+* Connecting to an ENet host
+
+    A connection to a foregin host is initiated with enet_host_connect().
+It accepts the address of a foreign host to connect to, and the number of
+channels that should be allocated for communication. If N channels are
+allocated for use, their channel ids will be numbered 0 through N-1.
+A peer representing the connection attempt is returned, or NULL if there
+were no available peers over which to initiate the connection. When the 
+connection attempt succeeds, an event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT will 
+be generated. If the connection attempt times out or otherwise fails, an
+event of type ENET_EVENT_TYPE_DISCONNECT will be generated.
+
+i.e.
+    ENetAddress address;
+    ENetEvent event;
+    ENetPeer *peer;
+
+    /* Connect to some.server.net:1234. */
+    enet_address_set_host (& address, "some.server.net");
+    address.port = 1234;
+
+    /* Initiate the connection, allocating the two channels 0 and 1. */
+    peer = enet_host_connect (client, & address, 2);    
+    
+    if (peer == NULL)
+    {
+       fprintf (stderr, 
+                "No available peers for initiating an ENet connection.\n");
+       exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    
+    /* Wait up to 5 seconds for the connection attempt to succeed.
+    if (enet_host_service (client, & event, 5000) > 0 &&
+        event.type == ENET_EVENT_TYPE_CONNECT)
+    {
+        puts ("Connection to some.server.net:1234 succeeded.");
+        ...
+        ...
+        ...
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Either the 5 seconds are up or a disconnect event was
+         * received. Reset the peer in the event the 5 seconds
+         * had run out without any significant event.
+         */
+        enet_peer_reset (peer);
+
+        puts ("Connection to some.server.net:1234 failed.");
+    }
+    ...
+    ...
+    ...
+

enet/unix.c

@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/** 
+ @file  unix.c
+ @brief ENet Unix system specific functions
+*/
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#define ENET_BUILDING_LIB 1
+#include "enet/enet.h"
+
+#ifdef HAS_FCNTL
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAS_POLL
+#include <sys/poll.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAS_SOCKLEN_T
+typedef int socklen_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MSG_NOSIGNAL
+#define MSG_NOSIGNAL 0
+#endif
+
+static enet_uint32 timeBase = 0;
+
+int
+enet_initialize (void)
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+enet_deinitialize (void)
+{
+}
+
+enet_uint32
+enet_time_get (void)
+{
+    struct timeval timeVal;
+
+    gettimeofday (& timeVal, NULL);
+
+    return timeVal.tv_sec * 1000 + timeVal.tv_usec / 1000 - timeBase;
+}
+
+void
+enet_time_set (enet_uint32 newTimeBase)
+{
+    struct timeval timeVal;
+
+    gettimeofday (& timeVal, NULL);
+    
+    timeBase = timeVal.tv_sec * 1000 + timeVal.tv_usec / 1000 - newTimeBase;
+}
+
+int
+enet_address_set_host (ENetAddress * address, const char * name)
+{
+    struct hostent * hostEntry = NULL;
+#ifdef HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R
+    struct hostent hostData;
+    char buffer [2048];
+    int errnum;
+
+#ifdef linux
+    gethostbyname_r (name, & hostData, buffer, sizeof (buffer), & hostEntry, & errnum);
+#else
+    hostEntry = gethostbyname_r (name, & hostData, buffer, sizeof (buffer), & errnum);
+#endif
+#else
+    hostEntry = gethostbyname (name);
+#endif
+
+    if (hostEntry == NULL ||
+        hostEntry -> h_addrtype != AF_INET)
+      return -1;
+
+    address -> host = * (enet_uint32 *) hostEntry -> h_addr_list [0];
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+enet_address_get_host (const ENetAddress * address, char * name, size_t nameLength)
+{
+    struct in_addr in;
+    struct hostent * hostEntry = NULL;
+#ifdef HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R
+    struct hostent hostData;
+    char buffer [2048];
+    int errnum;
+
+    in.s_addr = address -> host;
+
+#ifdef linux
+    gethostbyaddr_r ((char *) & in, sizeof (struct in_addr), AF_INET, & hostData, buffer, sizeof (buffer), & hostEntry, & errnum);
+#else
+    hostEntry = gethostbyaddr_r ((char *) & in, sizeof (struct in_addr), AF_INET, & hostData, buffer, sizeof (buffer), & errnum);
+#endif
+#else
+    in.s_addr = address -> host;
+
+    hostEntry = gethostbyaddr ((char *) & in, sizeof (struct in_addr), AF_INET);
+#endif
+
+    if (hostEntry == NULL)
+      return -1;
+
+    strncpy (name, hostEntry -> h_name, nameLength);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+ENetSocket
+enet_socket_create (ENetSocketType type, const ENetAddress * address)
+{
+    ENetSocket newSocket = socket (PF_INET, type == ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM ? SOCK_DGRAM : SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+    int receiveBufferSize = ENET_HOST_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE,
+        allowBroadcasting = 1;
+#ifndef HAS_FCNTL
+    int nonBlocking = 1;
+#endif
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+
+    if (newSocket == ENET_SOCKET_NULL)
+      return ENET_SOCKET_NULL;
+
+    if (type == ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM)
+    {
+#ifdef HAS_FCNTL
+        fcntl (newSocket, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK | fcntl (newSocket, F_GETFL));
+#else
+        ioctl (newSocket, FIONBIO, & nonBlocking);
+#endif
+
+        setsockopt (newSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char *) & receiveBufferSize, sizeof (int));
+        setsockopt (newSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BROADCAST, (char *) & allowBroadcasting, sizeof (int));
+    }
+    
+    if (address == NULL)
+      return newSocket;
+
+    memset (& sin, 0, sizeof (struct sockaddr_in));
+
+    sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+    sin.sin_port = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (address -> port);
+    sin.sin_addr.s_addr = address -> host;
+
+    if (bind (newSocket, 
+              (struct sockaddr *) & sin,
+              sizeof (struct sockaddr_in)) == -1 ||
+        (type == ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_STREAM &&
+          listen (newSocket, SOMAXCONN) == -1))
+    {
+       close (newSocket);
+
+       return ENET_SOCKET_NULL;
+    }
+
+    return newSocket;
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_connect (ENetSocket socket, const ENetAddress * address)
+{
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+
+    memset (& sin, 0, sizeof (struct sockaddr_in));
+
+    sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+    sin.sin_port = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (address -> port);
+    sin.sin_addr.s_addr = address -> host;
+
+    return connect (socket, (struct sockaddr *) & sin, sizeof (struct sockaddr_in));
+}
+
+ENetSocket
+enet_socket_accept (ENetSocket socket, ENetAddress * address)
+{
+    int result;
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+    socklen_t sinLength = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+
+    result = accept (socket, 
+                     address != NULL ? (struct sockaddr *) & sin : NULL, 
+                     address != NULL ? & sinLength : NULL);
+    
+    if (result == -1)
+      return ENET_SOCKET_NULL;
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+        address -> host = (enet_uint32) sin.sin_addr.s_addr;
+        address -> port = ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16 (sin.sin_port);
+    }
+
+    return result;
+} 
+    
+void
+enet_socket_destroy (ENetSocket socket)
+{
+    close (socket);
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_send (ENetSocket socket,
+                  const ENetAddress * address,
+                  const ENetBuffer * buffers,
+                  size_t bufferCount)
+{
+    struct msghdr msgHdr;
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+    int sentLength;
+
+    memset (& msgHdr, 0, sizeof (struct msghdr));
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+        sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+        sin.sin_port = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (address -> port);
+        sin.sin_addr.s_addr = address -> host;
+
+        msgHdr.msg_name = & sin;
+        msgHdr.msg_namelen = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+    }
+
+    msgHdr.msg_iov = (struct iovec *) buffers;
+    msgHdr.msg_iovlen = bufferCount;
+
+    sentLength = sendmsg (socket, & msgHdr, MSG_NOSIGNAL);
+    
+    if (sentLength == -1)
+    {
+       if (errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
+         return 0;
+
+       return -1;
+    }
+
+    return sentLength;
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_receive (ENetSocket socket,
+                     ENetAddress * address,
+                     ENetBuffer * buffers,
+                     size_t bufferCount)
+{
+    struct msghdr msgHdr;
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+    int recvLength;
+
+    memset (& msgHdr, 0, sizeof (struct msghdr));
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+        msgHdr.msg_name = & sin;
+        msgHdr.msg_namelen = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+    }
+
+    msgHdr.msg_iov = (struct iovec *) buffers;
+    msgHdr.msg_iovlen = bufferCount;
+
+    recvLength = recvmsg (socket, & msgHdr, MSG_NOSIGNAL);
+
+    if (recvLength == -1)
+    {
+       if (errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
+         return 0;
+
+       return -1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HAS_MSGHDR_FLAGS
+    if (msgHdr.msg_flags & MSG_TRUNC)
+      return -1;
+#endif
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+        address -> host = (enet_uint32) sin.sin_addr.s_addr;
+        address -> port = ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16 (sin.sin_port);
+    }
+
+    return recvLength;
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_wait (ENetSocket socket, enet_uint32 * condition, enet_uint32 timeout)
+{
+#ifdef HAS_POLL
+    struct pollfd pollSocket;
+    int pollCount;
+    
+    pollSocket.fd = socket;
+    pollSocket.events = 0;
+
+    if (* condition & ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_SEND)
+      pollSocket.events |= POLLOUT;
+
+    if (* condition & ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_RECEIVE)
+      pollSocket.events |= POLLIN;
+
+    pollCount = poll (& pollSocket, 1, timeout);
+
+    if (pollCount < 0)
+      return -1;
+
+    * condition = ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_NONE;
+
+    if (pollCount == 0)
+      return 0;
+
+    if (pollSocket.revents & POLLOUT)
+      * condition |= ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_SEND;
+    
+    if (pollSocket.revents & POLLIN)
+      * condition |= ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_RECEIVE;
+
+    return 0;
+#else
+    fd_set readSet, writeSet;
+    struct timeval timeVal;
+    int selectCount;
+
+    timeVal.tv_sec = timeout / 1000;
+    timeVal.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000;
+
+    FD_ZERO (& readSet);
+    FD_ZERO (& writeSet);
+
+    if (* condition & ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_SEND)
+      FD_SET (socket, & writeSet);
+
+    if (* condition & ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_RECEIVE)
+      FD_SET (socket, & readSet);
+
+    selectCount = select (socket + 1, & readSet, & writeSet, NULL, & timeVal);
+
+    if (selectCount < 0)
+      return -1;
+
+    * condition = ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_NONE;
+
+    if (selectCount == 0)
+      return 0;
+
+    if (FD_ISSET (socket, & writeSet))
+      * condition |= ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_SEND;
+
+    if (FD_ISSET (socket, & readSet))
+      * condition |= ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_RECEIVE;
+
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif
+

enet/win32.c

@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/** 
+ @file  win32.c
+ @brief ENet Win32 system specific functions
+*/
+#ifdef WIN32
+
+#include <time.h>
+#define ENET_BUILDING_LIB 1
+#include "enet/enet.h"
+
+static enet_uint32 timeBase = 0;
+
+int
+enet_initialize (void)
+{
+    WORD versionRequested = MAKEWORD (1, 1);
+    WSADATA wsaData;
+   
+    if (WSAStartup (versionRequested, & wsaData))
+       return -1;
+
+    if (LOBYTE (wsaData.wVersion) != 1||
+        HIBYTE (wsaData.wVersion) != 1)
+    {
+       WSACleanup ();
+       
+       return -1;
+    }
+
+    timeBeginPeriod (1);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+enet_deinitialize (void)
+{
+    timeEndPeriod (1);
+
+    WSACleanup ();
+}
+
+enet_uint32
+enet_time_get (void)
+{
+    return (enet_uint32) timeGetTime () - timeBase;
+}
+
+void
+enet_time_set (enet_uint32 newTimeBase)
+{
+    timeBase = (enet_uint32) timeGetTime () - newTimeBase;
+}
+
+int
+enet_address_set_host (ENetAddress * address, const char * name)
+{
+    struct hostent * hostEntry;
+
+    hostEntry = gethostbyname (name);
+    if (hostEntry == NULL ||
+        hostEntry -> h_addrtype != AF_INET)
+      return -1;
+
+    address -> host = * (enet_uint32 *) hostEntry -> h_addr_list [0];
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+enet_address_get_host (const ENetAddress * address, char * name, size_t nameLength)
+{
+    struct in_addr in;
+    struct hostent * hostEntry;
+    
+    in.s_addr = address -> host;
+    
+    hostEntry = gethostbyaddr ((char *) & in, sizeof (struct in_addr), AF_INET);
+    if (hostEntry == NULL)
+      return -1;
+
+    strncpy (name, hostEntry -> h_name, nameLength);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+ENetSocket
+enet_socket_create (ENetSocketType type, const ENetAddress * address)
+{
+    ENetSocket newSocket = socket (PF_INET, type == ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM ? SOCK_DGRAM : SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+    u_long nonBlocking = 1;
+    int receiveBufferSize = ENET_HOST_RECEIVE_BUFFER_SIZE,
+        allowBroadcasting = 1;
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+
+    if (newSocket == ENET_SOCKET_NULL)
+      return ENET_SOCKET_NULL;
+
+    if (type == ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_DATAGRAM)
+    {
+        ioctlsocket (newSocket, FIONBIO, & nonBlocking);
+
+        setsockopt (newSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char *) & receiveBufferSize, sizeof (int));
+        setsockopt (newSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BROADCAST, (char *) & allowBroadcasting, sizeof (int));
+    }
+
+    memset (& sin, 0, sizeof (struct sockaddr_in));
+
+    sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+    
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+       sin.sin_port = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (address -> port);
+       sin.sin_addr.s_addr = address -> host;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+       sin.sin_port = 0;
+       sin.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
+    }
+
+    if (bind (newSocket,    
+              (struct sockaddr *) & sin,
+              sizeof (struct sockaddr_in)) == SOCKET_ERROR ||
+        (type == ENET_SOCKET_TYPE_STREAM &&
+          address != NULL &&
+          listen (newSocket, SOMAXCONN) == SOCKET_ERROR))
+    {
+       closesocket (newSocket);
+
+       return ENET_SOCKET_NULL;
+    }
+
+    return newSocket;
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_connect (ENetSocket socket, const ENetAddress * address)
+{
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+
+    memset (& sin, 0, sizeof (struct sockaddr_in));
+
+    sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+    sin.sin_port = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (address -> port);
+    sin.sin_addr.s_addr = address -> host;
+
+    return connect (socket, (struct sockaddr *) & sin, sizeof (struct sockaddr_in));
+}
+
+ENetSocket
+enet_socket_accept (ENetSocket socket, ENetAddress * address)
+{
+    int result;
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+    int sinLength = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+
+    result = accept (socket, 
+                     address != NULL ? (struct sockaddr *) & sin : NULL, 
+                     address != NULL ? & sinLength : NULL);
+
+    if (result == -1)
+      return ENET_SOCKET_NULL;
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+        address -> host = (enet_uint32) sin.sin_addr.s_addr;
+        address -> port = ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16 (sin.sin_port);
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+void
+enet_socket_destroy (ENetSocket socket)
+{
+    closesocket (socket);
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_send (ENetSocket socket,
+                  const ENetAddress * address,
+                  const ENetBuffer * buffers,
+                  size_t bufferCount)
+{
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+    DWORD sentLength;
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+        sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
+        sin.sin_port = ENET_HOST_TO_NET_16 (address -> port);
+        sin.sin_addr.s_addr = address -> host;
+    }
+
+    if (WSASendTo (socket, 
+                   (LPWSABUF) buffers,
+                   (DWORD) bufferCount,
+                   & sentLength,
+                   0,
+                   address != NULL ? (struct sockaddr *) & sin : 0,
+                   address != NULL ? sizeof (struct sockaddr_in) : 0,
+                   NULL,
+                   NULL) == SOCKET_ERROR)
+    {
+       if (WSAGetLastError () == WSAEWOULDBLOCK)
+         return 0;
+
+       return -1;
+    }
+
+    return (int) sentLength;
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_receive (ENetSocket socket,
+                     ENetAddress * address,
+                     ENetBuffer * buffers,
+                     size_t bufferCount)
+{
+    INT sinLength = sizeof (struct sockaddr_in);
+    DWORD flags = 0,
+          recvLength;
+    struct sockaddr_in sin;
+
+    if (WSARecvFrom (socket,
+                     (LPWSABUF) buffers,
+                     (DWORD) bufferCount,
+                     & recvLength,
+                     & flags,
+                     address != NULL ? (struct sockaddr *) & sin : NULL,
+                     address != NULL ? & sinLength : NULL,
+                     NULL,
+                     NULL) == SOCKET_ERROR)
+    {
+       switch (WSAGetLastError ())
+       {
+       case WSAEWOULDBLOCK:
+       case WSAECONNRESET:
+          return 0;
+       }
+
+       return -1;
+    }
+
+    if (flags & MSG_PARTIAL)
+      return -1;
+
+    if (address != NULL)
+    {
+        address -> host = (enet_uint32) sin.sin_addr.s_addr;
+        address -> port = ENET_NET_TO_HOST_16 (sin.sin_port);
+    }
+
+    return (int) recvLength;
+}
+
+int
+enet_socket_wait (ENetSocket socket, enet_uint32 * condition, enet_uint32 timeout)
+{
+    fd_set readSet, writeSet;
+    struct timeval timeVal;
+    int selectCount;
+    
+    timeVal.tv_sec = timeout / 1000;
+    timeVal.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000;
+    
+    FD_ZERO (& readSet);
+    FD_ZERO (& writeSet);
+
+    if (* condition & ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_SEND)
+      FD_SET (socket, & writeSet);
+
+    if (* condition & ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_RECEIVE)
+      FD_SET (socket, & readSet);
+
+    selectCount = select (socket + 1, & readSet, & writeSet, NULL, & timeVal);
+
+    if (selectCount < 0)
+      return -1;
+
+    * condition = ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_NONE;
+
+    if (selectCount == 0)
+      return 0;
+
+    if (FD_ISSET (socket, & writeSet))
+      * condition |= ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_SEND;
+    
+    if (FD_ISSET (socket, & readSet))
+      * condition |= ENET_SOCKET_WAIT_RECEIVE;
+
+    return 0;
+} 
+
+#endif
+

include/SDL.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL.h,v 1.8 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Main include header for the SDL library */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_H
+#define _SDL_H
+
+#include "SDL_main.h"
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_getenv.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+#include "SDL_timer.h"
+#include "SDL_audio.h"
+#include "SDL_cdrom.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+#include "SDL_events.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
+#include "SDL_version.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
+
+/* These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init() -- you should
+   specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
+*/
+#define	SDL_INIT_TIMER		0x00000001
+#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO		0x00000010
+#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO		0x00000020
+#define SDL_INIT_CDROM		0x00000100
+#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK	0x00000200
+#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE	0x00100000	/* Don't catch fatal signals */
+#define SDL_INIT_EVENTTHREAD	0x01000000	/* Not supported on all OS's */
+#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING	0x0000FFFF
+
+/* This function loads the SDL dynamically linked library and initializes 
+ * the subsystems specified by 'flags' (and those satisfying dependencies)
+ * Unless the SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
+ * signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV)
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
+
+/* This function initializes specific SDL subsystems */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
+
+/* This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
+
+/* This function returns mask of the specified subsystems which have
+   been initialized.
+   If 'flags' is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
+
+/* This function cleans up all initialized subsystems and unloads the
+ * dynamically linked library.  You should call it upon all exit conditions.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_H */

include/SDL_active.h

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_active.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Include file for SDL application focus event handling */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_active_h
+#define _SDL_active_h
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The available application states */
+#define SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS	0x01		/* The app has mouse coverage */
+#define SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS	0x02		/* The app has input focus */
+#define SDL_APPACTIVE		0x04		/* The application is active */
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/* 
+ * This function returns the current state of the application, which is a
+ * bitwise combination of SDL_APPMOUSEFOCUS, SDL_APPINPUTFOCUS, and
+ * SDL_APPACTIVE.  If SDL_APPACTIVE is set, then the user is able to
+ * see your application, otherwise it has been iconified or disabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GetAppState(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_active_h */

include/SDL_audio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_audio.h,v 1.7 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_audio_h
+#define _SDL_audio_h
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "SDL_main.h"
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio() */
+typedef struct {
+	int freq;		/* DSP frequency -- samples per second */
+	Uint16 format;		/* Audio data format */
+	Uint8  channels;	/* Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
+	Uint8  silence;		/* Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
+	Uint16 samples;		/* Audio buffer size in samples (power of 2) */
+	Uint16 padding;		/* Necessary for some compile environments */
+	Uint32 size;		/* Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
+	/* This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
+	   'stream' is a pointer to the audio data buffer
+	   'len' is the length of that buffer in bytes.
+	   Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
+	   Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
+	*/
+	void (*callback)(void *userdata, Uint8 *stream, int len);
+	void  *userdata;
+} SDL_AudioSpec;
+
+/* Audio format flags (defaults to LSB byte order) */
+#define AUDIO_U8	0x0008	/* Unsigned 8-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_S8	0x8008	/* Signed 8-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_U16LSB	0x0010	/* Unsigned 16-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_S16LSB	0x8010	/* Signed 16-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_U16MSB	0x1010	/* As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_S16MSB	0x9010	/* As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_U16	AUDIO_U16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S16	AUDIO_S16LSB
+
+/* Native audio byte ordering */
+#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#define AUDIO_U16SYS	AUDIO_U16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S16SYS	AUDIO_S16LSB
+#else
+#define AUDIO_U16SYS	AUDIO_U16MSB
+#define AUDIO_S16SYS	AUDIO_S16MSB
+#endif
+
+
+/* A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers */
+typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT {
+	int needed;			/* Set to 1 if conversion possible */
+	Uint16 src_format;		/* Source audio format */
+	Uint16 dst_format;		/* Target audio format */
+	double rate_incr;		/* Rate conversion increment */
+	Uint8 *buf;			/* Buffer to hold entire audio data */
+	int    len;			/* Length of original audio buffer */
+	int    len_cvt;			/* Length of converted audio buffer */
+	int    len_mult;		/* buffer must be len*len_mult big */
+	double len_ratio; 	/* Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
+	void (*filters[10])(struct SDL_AudioCVT *cvt, Uint16 format);
+	int filter_index;		/* Current audio conversion function */
+} SDL_AudioCVT;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/* These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
+ * have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to use.
+ * You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
+
+/* This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
+ * current audio driver, and returns a pointer to it if the audio driver has
+ * been initialized.  It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_AudioDriverName(char *namebuf, int maxlen);
+
+/*
+ * This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
+ * returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
+ * structure pointed to by 'obtained'.  If 'obtained' is NULL, the audio
+ * data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
+ * requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
+ * audio format if necessary.  This function returns -1 if it failed 
+ * to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
+ *
+ * When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
+ *  'desired->freq' should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-second.
+ *  'desired->format' should be the desired audio format.
+ *  'desired->samples' is the desired size of the audio buffer, in samples.
+ *     This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by the audio
+ *     driver to a value more suitable for the hardware.  Good values seem to
+ *     range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the application and
+ *     CPU speed.  Smaller values yield faster response time, but can lead
+ *     to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing and cannot
+ *     fill the audio buffer in time.  A stereo sample consists of both right
+ *     and left channels in LR ordering.
+ *     Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
+ *     following formula:  ms = (samples*1000)/freq
+ *  'desired->size' is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
+ *     calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+ *  'desired->silence' is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
+ *     and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+ *  'desired->callback' should be set to a function that will be called
+ *     when the audio device is ready for more data.  It is passed a pointer
+ *     to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
+ *     This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
+ *     protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
+ *     and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
+ *  'desired->userdata' is passed as the first parameter to your callback
+ *     function.
+ *
+ * The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
+ * be enabled for playing by calling SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
+ * for your audio callback function to be called.  Since the audio driver
+ * may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
+ * any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec *desired, SDL_AudioSpec *obtained);
+
+/*
+ * Get the current audio state:
+ */
+typedef enum {
+	SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
+	SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
+	SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
+} SDL_audiostatus;
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_audiostatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
+
+/*
+ * This function pauses and unpauses the audio callback processing.
+ * It should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
+ * device to start playing sound.  This is so you can safely initialize
+ * data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
+ * Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
+
+/*
+ * This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
+ * that source if 'freesrc' is non-zero.  For example, to load a WAVE file,
+ * you could do:
+ *	SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
+ *
+ * If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
+ * filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
+ * 'audio_buf' to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
+ * and sets 'audio_len' to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
+ * You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are 
+ * done with it.
+ *
+ * This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the 
+ * wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is 
+ * corrupt.  Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec * SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc, SDL_AudioSpec *spec, Uint8 **audio_buf, Uint32 *audio_len);
+
+/* Compatibility convenience function -- loads a WAV from a file */
+#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
+	SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
+
+/*
+ * This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 *audio_buf);
+
+/*
+ * This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
+ * and rate, and initializes the 'cvt' structure with information needed
+ * by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
+ * to the other.
+ * This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT *cvt,
+		Uint16 src_format, Uint8 src_channels, int src_rate,
+		Uint16 dst_format, Uint8 dst_channels, int dst_rate);
+
+/* Once you have initialized the 'cvt' structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
+ * created an audio buffer cvt->buf, and filled it with cvt->len bytes of
+ * audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
+ * to the desired format.
+ * The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
+ * cvt->buf should be allocated after the cvt structure is initialized by
+ * SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT *cvt);
+
+/*
+ * This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
+ * them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
+ * The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+ * for full audio volume.  Note this does not change hardware volume.
+ * This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
+ */
+#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 *dst, const Uint8 *src, Uint32 len, int volume);
+
+/*
+ * The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
+ * During a LockAudio/UnlockAudio pair, you can be guaranteed that the
+ * callback function is not running.  Do not call these from the callback
+ * function or you will cause deadlock.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
+
+/*
+ * This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_audio_h */

include/SDL_byteorder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_byteorder.h,v 1.8 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Macros for determining the byte-order of this platform */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_byteorder_h
+#define _SDL_byteorder_h
+
+/* The two types of endianness */
+#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN	1234
+#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN	4321
+
+/* Pardon the mess, I'm trying to determine the endianness of this host.
+   I'm doing it by preprocessor defines rather than some sort of configure
+   script so that application code can use this too.  The "right" way would
+   be to dynamically generate this file on install, but that's a lot of work.
+ */
+#if  defined(__i386__) || defined(__ia64__) || defined(WIN32) || \
+    (defined(__alpha__) || defined(__alpha)) || \
+     defined(__arm__) || \
+    (defined(__mips__) && defined(__MIPSEL__)) || \
+     defined(__SYMBIAN32__) || \
+     defined(__x86_64__) || \
+     defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__)
+#define SDL_BYTEORDER	SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#else
+#define SDL_BYTEORDER	SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SDL_byteorder_h */

include/SDL_cdrom.h

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_cdrom.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* This is the CD-audio control API for Simple DirectMedia Layer */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_cdrom_h
+#define _SDL_cdrom_h
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
+   with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag.  This causes SDL to scan the system
+   for CD-ROM drives, and load appropriate drivers.
+*/
+
+/* The maximum number of CD-ROM tracks on a disk */
+#define SDL_MAX_TRACKS	99
+
+/* The types of CD-ROM track possible */
+#define SDL_AUDIO_TRACK	0x00
+#define SDL_DATA_TRACK	0x04
+
+/* The possible states which a CD-ROM drive can be in. */
+typedef enum {
+	CD_TRAYEMPTY,
+	CD_STOPPED,
+	CD_PLAYING,
+	CD_PAUSED,
+	CD_ERROR = -1
+} CDstatus;
+
+/* Given a status, returns true if there's a disk in the drive */
+#define CD_INDRIVE(status)	((int)status > 0)
+
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 id;		/* Track number */
+	Uint8 type;		/* Data or audio track */
+	Uint16 unused;
+	Uint32 length;		/* Length, in frames, of this track */
+	Uint32 offset;		/* Offset, in frames, from start of disk */
+} SDL_CDtrack;
+
+/* This structure is only current as of the last call to SDL_CDStatus() */
+typedef struct SDL_CD {
+	int id;			/* Private drive identifier */
+	CDstatus status;	/* Current drive status */
+
+	/* The rest of this structure is only valid if there's a CD in drive */
+	int numtracks;		/* Number of tracks on disk */
+	int cur_track;		/* Current track position */
+	int cur_frame;		/* Current frame offset within current track */
+	SDL_CDtrack track[SDL_MAX_TRACKS+1];
+} SDL_CD;
+
+/* Conversion functions from frames to Minute/Second/Frames and vice versa */
+#define CD_FPS	75
+#define FRAMES_TO_MSF(f, M,S,F)	{					\
+	int value = f;							\
+	*(F) = value%CD_FPS;						\
+	value /= CD_FPS;						\
+	*(S) = value%60;						\
+	value /= 60;							\
+	*(M) = value;							\
+}
+#define MSF_TO_FRAMES(M, S, F)	((M)*60*CD_FPS+(S)*CD_FPS+(F))
+
+/* CD-audio API functions: */
+
+/* Returns the number of CD-ROM drives on the system, or -1 if
+   SDL_Init() has not been called with the SDL_INIT_CDROM flag.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDNumDrives(void);
+
+/* Returns a human-readable, system-dependent identifier for the CD-ROM.
+   Example:
+	"/dev/cdrom"
+	"E:"
+	"/dev/disk/ide/1/master"
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_CDName(int drive);
+
+/* Opens a CD-ROM drive for access.  It returns a drive handle on success,
+   or NULL if the drive was invalid or busy.  This newly opened CD-ROM
+   becomes the default CD used when other CD functions are passed a NULL
+   CD-ROM handle.
+   Drives are numbered starting with 0.  Drive 0 is the system default CD-ROM.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_CD * SDLCALL SDL_CDOpen(int drive);
+
+/* This function returns the current status of the given drive.
+   If the drive has a CD in it, the table of contents of the CD and current
+   play position of the CD will be stored in the SDL_CD structure.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC CDstatus SDLCALL SDL_CDStatus(SDL_CD *cdrom);
+
+/* Play the given CD starting at 'start_track' and 'start_frame' for 'ntracks'
+   tracks and 'nframes' frames.  If both 'ntrack' and 'nframe' are 0, play 
+   until the end of the CD.  This function will skip data tracks.
+   This function should only be called after calling SDL_CDStatus() to 
+   get track information about the CD.
+   For example:
+	// Play entire CD:
+	if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
+		SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+	// Play last track:
+	if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) ) {
+		SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, cdrom->numtracks-1, 0, 0, 0);
+	}
+	// Play first and second track and 10 seconds of third track:
+	if ( CD_INDRIVE(SDL_CDStatus(cdrom)) )
+		SDL_CDPlayTracks(cdrom, 0, 0, 2, 10);
+
+   This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDPlayTracks(SDL_CD *cdrom,
+		int start_track, int start_frame, int ntracks, int nframes);
+
+/* Play the given CD starting at 'start' frame for 'length' frames.
+   It returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDPlay(SDL_CD *cdrom, int start, int length);
+
+/* Pause play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDPause(SDL_CD *cdrom);
+
+/* Resume play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDResume(SDL_CD *cdrom);
+
+/* Stop play -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDStop(SDL_CD *cdrom);
+
+/* Eject CD-ROM -- returns 0, or -1 on error */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CDEject(SDL_CD *cdrom);
+
+/* Closes the handle for the CD-ROM drive */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CDClose(SDL_CD *cdrom);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_video_h */

include/SDL_copying.h

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_copying.h,v 1.5 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+

include/SDL_cpuinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_cpuinfo.h,v 1.5 2004/01/24 05:47:18 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* CPU feature detection for SDL                                       */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_cpuinfo_h
+#define _SDL_cpuinfo_h
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC();
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX();
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX Ext. features
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMXExt();
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow features
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow();
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! Ext. features
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNowExt();
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE();
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2();
+
+/* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec();
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_cpuinfo_h */

include/SDL_endian.h

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_endian.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Functions for reading and writing endian-specific values */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_endian_h
+#define _SDL_endian_h
+
+/* These functions read and write data of the specified endianness, 
+   dynamically translating to the host machine endianness.
+
+   e.g.: If you want to read a 16 bit value on big-endian machine from
+         an open file containing little endian values, you would use:
+		value = SDL_ReadLE16(rp);
+         Note that the read/write functions use SDL_RWops pointers
+         instead of FILE pointers.  This allows you to read and write
+         endian values from large chunks of memory as well as files 
+         and other data sources.
+*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The macros used to swap values */
+/* Try to use superfast macros on systems that support them */
+#ifdef linux
+#include <asm/byteorder.h>
+#ifdef __arch__swab16
+#define SDL_Swap16  __arch__swab16
+#endif
+#ifdef __arch__swab32
+#define SDL_Swap32  __arch__swab32
+#endif
+#endif /* linux */
+/* Use inline functions for compilers that support them, and static
+   functions for those that do not.  Because these functions become
+   static for compilers that do not support inline functions, this
+   header should only be included in files that actually use them.
+*/
+#ifndef SDL_Swap16
+static __inline__ Uint16 SDL_Swap16(Uint16 D) {
+	return((D<<8)|(D>>8));
+}
+#endif
+#ifndef SDL_Swap32
+static __inline__ Uint32 SDL_Swap32(Uint32 D) {
+	return((D<<24)|((D<<8)&0x00FF0000)|((D>>8)&0x0000FF00)|(D>>24));
+}
+#endif
+#ifdef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
+#ifndef SDL_Swap64
+static __inline__ Uint64 SDL_Swap64(Uint64 val) {
+	Uint32 hi, lo;
+
+	/* Separate into high and low 32-bit values and swap them */
+	lo = (Uint32)(val&0xFFFFFFFF);
+	val >>= 32;
+	hi = (Uint32)(val&0xFFFFFFFF);
+	val = SDL_Swap32(lo);
+	val <<= 32;
+	val |= SDL_Swap32(hi);
+	return(val);
+}
+#endif
+#else
+#ifndef SDL_Swap64
+/* This is mainly to keep compilers from complaining in SDL code.
+   If there is no real 64-bit datatype, then compilers will complain about
+   the fake 64-bit datatype that SDL provides when it compiles user code.
+*/
+#define SDL_Swap64(X)	(X)
+#endif
+#endif /* SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE */
+
+
+/* Byteswap item from the specified endianness to the native endianness */
+#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#define SDL_SwapLE16(X)	(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE32(X)	(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE64(X)	(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE16(X)	SDL_Swap16(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE32(X)	SDL_Swap32(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE64(X)	SDL_Swap64(X)
+#else
+#define SDL_SwapLE16(X)	SDL_Swap16(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE32(X)	SDL_Swap32(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE64(X)	SDL_Swap64(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE16(X)	(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE32(X)	(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE64(X)	(X)
+#endif
+
+/* Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops *src);
+
+/* Write an item of native format to the specified endianness */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint16 value);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint16 value);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint32 value);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint32 value);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint64 value);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops *dst, Uint64 value);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_endian_h */

include/SDL_error.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_error.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Simple error message routines for SDL */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_error_h
+#define _SDL_error_h
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Public functions */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetError(const char *fmt, ...);
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
+
+/* Private error message function - used internally */
+#define SDL_OutOfMemory()	SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
+typedef enum {
+	SDL_ENOMEM,
+	SDL_EFREAD,
+	SDL_EFWRITE,
+	SDL_EFSEEK,
+	SDL_LASTERROR
+} SDL_errorcode;
+extern void SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_error_h */

include/SDL_events.h

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_events.h,v 1.9 2004/02/18 03:57:13 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Include file for SDL event handling */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_events_h
+#define _SDL_events_h
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_active.h"
+#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
+#include "SDL_mouse.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+#include "SDL_quit.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Event enumerations */
+enum { SDL_NOEVENT = 0,			/* Unused (do not remove) */
+       SDL_ACTIVEEVENT,			/* Application loses/gains visibility */
+       SDL_KEYDOWN,			/* Keys pressed */
+       SDL_KEYUP,			/* Keys released */
+       SDL_MOUSEMOTION,			/* Mouse moved */
+       SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN,		/* Mouse button pressed */
+       SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP,		/* Mouse button released */
+       SDL_JOYAXISMOTION,		/* Joystick axis motion */
+       SDL_JOYBALLMOTION,		/* Joystick trackball motion */
+       SDL_JOYHATMOTION,		/* Joystick hat position change */
+       SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN,		/* Joystick button pressed */
+       SDL_JOYBUTTONUP,			/* Joystick button released */
+       SDL_QUIT,			/* User-requested quit */
+       SDL_SYSWMEVENT,			/* System specific event */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDA,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVEDB,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       SDL_VIDEORESIZE,			/* User resized video mode */
+       SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE,			/* Screen needs to be redrawn */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVED2,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVED3,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVED4,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVED5,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVED6,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       SDL_EVENT_RESERVED7,		/* Reserved for future use.. */
+       /* Events SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_MAXEVENTS-1 are for your use */
+       SDL_USEREVENT = 24,
+       /* This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
+	  It is the number of bits in the event mask datatype -- Uint32
+        */
+       SDL_NUMEVENTS = 32
+};
+
+/* Predefined event masks */
+#define SDL_EVENTMASK(X)	(1<<(X))
+enum {
+	SDL_ACTIVEEVENTMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_ACTIVEEVENT),
+	SDL_KEYDOWNMASK		= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYDOWN),
+	SDL_KEYUPMASK		= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_KEYUP),
+	SDL_MOUSEMOTIONMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEMOTION),
+	SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWNMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN),
+	SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUPMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP),
+	SDL_MOUSEEVENTMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEMOTION)|
+	                          SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN)|
+	                          SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP),
+	SDL_JOYAXISMOTIONMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYAXISMOTION),
+	SDL_JOYBALLMOTIONMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBALLMOTION),
+	SDL_JOYHATMOTIONMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYHATMOTION),
+	SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWNMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN),
+	SDL_JOYBUTTONUPMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONUP),
+	SDL_JOYEVENTMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYAXISMOTION)|
+	                          SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBALLMOTION)|
+	                          SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYHATMOTION)|
+	                          SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN)|
+	                          SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_JOYBUTTONUP),
+	SDL_VIDEORESIZEMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_VIDEORESIZE),
+	SDL_VIDEOEXPOSEMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE),
+	SDL_QUITMASK		= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_QUIT),
+	SDL_SYSWMEVENTMASK	= SDL_EVENTMASK(SDL_SYSWMEVENT)
+};
+#define SDL_ALLEVENTS		0xFFFFFFFF
+
+/* Application visibility event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_ACTIVEEVENT */
+	Uint8 gain;	/* Whether given states were gained or lost (1/0) */
+	Uint8 state;	/* A mask of the focus states */
+} SDL_ActiveEvent;
+
+/* Keyboard event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_KEYDOWN or SDL_KEYUP */
+	Uint8 which;	/* The keyboard device index */
+	Uint8 state;	/* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
+	SDL_keysym keysym;
+} SDL_KeyboardEvent;
+
+/* Mouse motion event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_MOUSEMOTION */
+	Uint8 which;	/* The mouse device index */
+	Uint8 state;	/* The current button state */
+	Uint16 x, y;	/* The X/Y coordinates of the mouse */
+	Sint16 xrel;	/* The relative motion in the X direction */
+	Sint16 yrel;	/* The relative motion in the Y direction */
+} SDL_MouseMotionEvent;
+
+/* Mouse button event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP */
+	Uint8 which;	/* The mouse device index */
+	Uint8 button;	/* The mouse button index */
+	Uint8 state;	/* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
+	Uint16 x, y;	/* The X/Y coordinates of the mouse at press time */
+} SDL_MouseButtonEvent;
+
+/* Joystick axis motion event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_JOYAXISMOTION */
+	Uint8 which;	/* The joystick device index */
+	Uint8 axis;	/* The joystick axis index */
+	Sint16 value;	/* The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
+} SDL_JoyAxisEvent;
+
+/* Joystick trackball motion event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_JOYBALLMOTION */
+	Uint8 which;	/* The joystick device index */
+	Uint8 ball;	/* The joystick trackball index */
+	Sint16 xrel;	/* The relative motion in the X direction */
+	Sint16 yrel;	/* The relative motion in the Y direction */
+} SDL_JoyBallEvent;
+
+/* Joystick hat position change event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
+	Uint8 which;	/* The joystick device index */
+	Uint8 hat;	/* The joystick hat index */
+	Uint8 value;	/* The hat position value:
+			    SDL_HAT_LEFTUP   SDL_HAT_UP       SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
+			    SDL_HAT_LEFT     SDL_HAT_CENTERED SDL_HAT_RIGHT
+			    SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN SDL_HAT_DOWN     SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
+			   Note that zero means the POV is centered.
+			*/
+} SDL_JoyHatEvent;
+
+/* Joystick button event structure */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or SDL_JOYBUTTONUP */
+	Uint8 which;	/* The joystick device index */
+	Uint8 button;	/* The joystick button index */
+	Uint8 state;	/* SDL_PRESSED or SDL_RELEASED */
+} SDL_JoyButtonEvent;
+
+/* The "window resized" event
+   When you get this event, you are responsible for setting a new video
+   mode with the new width and height.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_VIDEORESIZE */
+	int w;		/* New width */
+	int h;		/* New height */
+} SDL_ResizeEvent;
+
+/* The "screen redraw" event */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_VIDEOEXPOSE */
+} SDL_ExposeEvent;
+
+/* The "quit requested" event */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_QUIT */
+} SDL_QuitEvent;
+
+/* A user-defined event type */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;	/* SDL_USEREVENT through SDL_NUMEVENTS-1 */
+	int code;	/* User defined event code */
+	void *data1;	/* User defined data pointer */
+	void *data2;	/* User defined data pointer */
+} SDL_UserEvent;
+
+/* If you want to use this event, you should include SDL_syswm.h */
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg;
+typedef struct SDL_SysWMmsg SDL_SysWMmsg;
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 type;
+	SDL_SysWMmsg *msg;
+} SDL_SysWMEvent;
+
+/* General event structure */
+typedef union {
+	Uint8 type;
+	SDL_ActiveEvent active;
+	SDL_KeyboardEvent key;
+	SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion;
+	SDL_MouseButtonEvent button;
+	SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis;
+	SDL_JoyBallEvent jball;
+	SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat;
+	SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton;
+	SDL_ResizeEvent resize;
+	SDL_ExposeEvent expose;
+	SDL_QuitEvent quit;
+	SDL_UserEvent user;
+	SDL_SysWMEvent syswm;
+} SDL_Event;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/* Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
+   This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
+   This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
+
+/* Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+   If 'action' is SDL_ADDEVENT, up to 'numevents' events will be added to
+   the back of the event queue.
+   If 'action' is SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front
+   of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will not
+   be removed from the queue.
+   If 'action' is SDL_GETEVENT, up to 'numevents' events at the front 
+   of the event queue, matching 'mask', will be returned and will be
+   removed from the queue.
+   This function returns the number of events actually stored, or -1
+   if there was an error.  This function is thread-safe.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	SDL_ADDEVENT,
+	SDL_PEEKEVENT,
+	SDL_GETEVENT
+} SDL_eventaction;
+/* */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event *events, int numevents,
+				SDL_eventaction action, Uint32 mask);
+
+/* Polls for currently pending events, and returns 1 if there are any pending
+   events, or 0 if there are none available.  If 'event' is not NULL, the next
+   event is removed from the queue and stored in that area.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event *event);
+
+/* Waits indefinitely for the next available event, returning 1, or 0 if there
+   was an error while waiting for events.  If 'event' is not NULL, the next
+   event is removed from the queue and stored in that area.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event *event);
+
+/* Add an event to the event queue.
+   This function returns 0 on success, or -1 if the event queue was full
+   or there was some other error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event *event);
+
+/*
+  This function sets up a filter to process all events before they
+  change internal state and are posted to the internal event queue.
+
+  The filter is protypted as:
+*/
+typedef int (*SDL_EventFilter)(const SDL_Event *event);
+/*
+  If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
+  If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the 
+  internal state will still be updated.  This allows selective filtering of
+  dynamically arriving events.
+
+  WARNING:  Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as 
+            it may run in a different thread!
+
+  There is one caveat when dealing with the SDL_QUITEVENT event type.  The
+  event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
+  application window.  If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
+  be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
+  If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
+  internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter);
+
+/*
+  Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
+  If there is no event filter set, this function returns NULL.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_EventFilter SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(void);
+
+/*
+  This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically dropped
+  from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed normally.
+  If 'state' is set to SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the 
+  current processing state of the specified event.
+*/
+#define SDL_QUERY	-1
+#define SDL_IGNORE	 0
+#define SDL_DISABLE	 0
+#define SDL_ENABLE	 1
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint8 type, int state);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_events_h */

include/SDL_getenv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+
+/* Not all environments have a working getenv()/putenv() */
+
+#if defined(macintosh) || defined(_WIN32_WCE)
+#define NEED_SDL_GETENV
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_SDL_GETENV
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Put a variable of the form "name=value" into the environment */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_putenv(const char *variable);
+#define putenv(X)   SDL_putenv(X)
+
+/* Retrieve a variable named "name" from the environment */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_getenv(const char *name);
+#define getenv(X)     SDL_getenv(X)
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* NEED_GETENV */

include/SDL_image.h

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+    IMGLIB:  An example image loading library for use with SDL
+    Copyright (C) 1999  Sam Lantinga
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    5635-34 Springhouse Dr.
+    Pleasanton, CA 94588 (USA)
+    slouken@devolution.com
+*/
+
+/* A simple library to load images of various formats as SDL surfaces */
+
+#ifndef _IMG_h
+#define _IMG_h
+
+#include "SDL.h"
+#include "begin_code.h"
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Load an image from an SDL data source.
+   The 'type' may be one of: "BMP", "GIF", "PNG", etc.
+
+   If the image format supports a transparent pixel, SDL will set the
+   colorkey for the surface.  You can enable RLE acceleration on the
+   surface afterwards by calling:
+	SDL_SetColorKey(image, SDL_RLEACCEL, image->format->colorkey);
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadTyped_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc,
+					      char *type);
+/* Convenience functions */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_Load(const char *file);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_Load_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
+
+/* Invert the alpha of a surface for use with OpenGL
+   This function is now a no-op, and only provided for backwards compatibility.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_InvertAlpha(int on);
+
+/* Functions to detect a file type, given a seekable source */
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isBMP(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isPNM(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isXPM(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isXCF(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isPCX(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isGIF(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isJPG(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isTIF(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_isPNG(SDL_RWops *src);
+
+/* Individual loading functions */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadPNM_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadXPM_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadXCF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadPCX_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadGIF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadJPG_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadTIF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadPNG_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *IMG_LoadTGA_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+
+/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
+#define IMG_SetError	SDL_SetError
+#define IMG_GetError	SDL_GetError
+
+/* used internally, NOT an exported function */
+extern DECLSPEC int IMG_string_equals(const char *str1, const char *str2);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _IMG_h */

include/SDL_joystick.h

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_joystick.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Include file for SDL joystick event handling */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_joystick_h
+#define _SDL_joystick_h
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
+   with the SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag.  This causes SDL to scan the system
+   for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
+*/
+
+/* The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick */
+struct _SDL_Joystick;
+typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/*
+ * Count the number of joysticks attached to the system
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
+
+/*
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(int device_index);
+
+/*
+ * Open a joystick for use - the index passed as an argument refers to
+ * the N'th joystick on the system.  This index is the value which will
+ * identify this joystick in future joystick events.
+ *
+ * This function returns a joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick * SDLCALL SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
+
+/*
+ * Returns 1 if the joystick has been opened, or 0 if it has not.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpened(int device_index);
+
+/*
+ * Get the device index of an opened joystick.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickIndex(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/*
+ * Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/*
+ * Get the number of trackballs on a joystick
+ * Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
+ * with them and their state cannot be polled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/*
+ * Get the number of POV hats on a joystick
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/*
+ * Get the number of buttons on a joystick
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+/*
+ * Update the current state of the open joysticks.
+ * This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
+ * events are enabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
+
+/*
+ * Enable/disable joystick event polling.
+ * If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
+ * yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
+ * information.
+ * The state can be one of SDL_QUERY, SDL_ENABLE or SDL_IGNORE.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
+
+/*
+ * Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick
+ * The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+ * The axis indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int axis);
+
+/*
+ * Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick
+ * The return value is one of the following positions:
+ */
+#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED	0x00
+#define SDL_HAT_UP		0x01
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT		0x02
+#define SDL_HAT_DOWN		0x04
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFT		0x08
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP		(SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN	(SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP		(SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN	(SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
+/*
+ * The hat indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int hat);
+
+/*
+ * Get the ball axis change since the last poll
+ * This returns 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
+ * The ball indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
+
+/*
+ * Get the current state of a button on a joystick
+ * The button indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick *joystick, int button);
+
+/*
+ * Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick *joystick);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_joystick_h */

include/SDL_keyboard.h

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_keyboard.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Include file for SDL keyboard event handling */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_keyboard_h
+#define _SDL_keyboard_h
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_keysym.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Keysym structure
+   - The scancode is hardware dependent, and should not be used by general
+     applications.  If no hardware scancode is available, it will be 0.
+
+   - The 'unicode' translated character is only available when character
+     translation is enabled by the SDL_EnableUNICODE() API.  If non-zero,
+     this is a UNICODE character corresponding to the keypress.  If the
+     high 9 bits of the character are 0, then this maps to the equivalent
+     ASCII character:
+	char ch;
+	if ( (keysym.unicode & 0xFF80) == 0 ) {
+		ch = keysym.unicode & 0x7F;
+	} else {
+		An international character..
+	}
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 scancode;			/* hardware specific scancode */
+	SDLKey sym;			/* SDL virtual keysym */
+	SDLMod mod;			/* current key modifiers */
+	Uint16 unicode;			/* translated character */
+} SDL_keysym;
+
+/* This is the mask which refers to all hotkey bindings */
+#define SDL_ALL_HOTKEYS		0xFFFFFFFF
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/*
+ * Enable/Disable UNICODE translation of keyboard input.
+ * This translation has some overhead, so translation defaults off.
+ * If 'enable' is 1, translation is enabled.
+ * If 'enable' is 0, translation is disabled.
+ * If 'enable' is -1, the translation state is not changed.
+ * It returns the previous state of keyboard translation.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_EnableUNICODE(int enable);
+
+/*
+ * Enable/Disable keyboard repeat.  Keyboard repeat defaults to off.
+ * 'delay' is the initial delay in ms between the time when a key is
+ * pressed, and keyboard repeat begins.
+ * 'interval' is the time in ms between keyboard repeat events.
+ */
+#define SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_DELAY	500
+#define SDL_DEFAULT_REPEAT_INTERVAL	30
+/*
+ * If 'delay' is set to 0, keyboard repeat is disabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(int delay, int interval);
+
+/*
+ * Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
+ * Returns an array of keystates, indexed by the SDLK_* syms.
+ * Used:
+ * 	Uint8 *keystate = SDL_GetKeyState(NULL);
+ *	if ( keystate[SDLK_RETURN] ) ... <RETURN> is pressed.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyState(int *numkeys);
+
+/*
+ * Get the current key modifier state
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDLMod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
+
+/*
+ * Set the current key modifier state
+ * This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDLMod modstate);
+
+/*
+ * Get the name of an SDL virtual keysym
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDLKey key);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_keyboard_h */

include/SDL_keysym.h

@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_keysym.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SDL_keysym_h
+#define _SDL_keysym_h
+
+/* What we really want is a mapping of every raw key on the keyboard.
+   To support international keyboards, we use the range 0xA1 - 0xFF
+   as international virtual keycodes.  We'll follow in the footsteps of X11...
+   The names of the keys
+ */
+ 
+typedef enum {
+	/* The keyboard syms have been cleverly chosen to map to ASCII */
+	SDLK_UNKNOWN		= 0,
+	SDLK_FIRST		= 0,
+	SDLK_BACKSPACE		= 8,
+	SDLK_TAB		= 9,
+	SDLK_CLEAR		= 12,
+	SDLK_RETURN		= 13,
+	SDLK_PAUSE		= 19,
+	SDLK_ESCAPE		= 27,
+	SDLK_SPACE		= 32,
+	SDLK_EXCLAIM		= 33,
+	SDLK_QUOTEDBL		= 34,
+	SDLK_HASH		= 35,
+	SDLK_DOLLAR		= 36,
+	SDLK_AMPERSAND		= 38,
+	SDLK_QUOTE		= 39,
+	SDLK_LEFTPAREN		= 40,
+	SDLK_RIGHTPAREN		= 41,
+	SDLK_ASTERISK		= 42,
+	SDLK_PLUS		= 43,
+	SDLK_COMMA		= 44,
+	SDLK_MINUS		= 45,
+	SDLK_PERIOD		= 46,
+	SDLK_SLASH		= 47,
+	SDLK_0			= 48,
+	SDLK_1			= 49,
+	SDLK_2			= 50,
+	SDLK_3			= 51,
+	SDLK_4			= 52,
+	SDLK_5			= 53,
+	SDLK_6			= 54,
+	SDLK_7			= 55,
+	SDLK_8			= 56,
+	SDLK_9			= 57,
+	SDLK_COLON		= 58,
+	SDLK_SEMICOLON		= 59,
+	SDLK_LESS		= 60,
+	SDLK_EQUALS		= 61,
+	SDLK_GREATER		= 62,
+	SDLK_QUESTION		= 63,
+	SDLK_AT			= 64,
+	/* 
+	   Skip uppercase letters
+	 */
+	SDLK_LEFTBRACKET	= 91,
+	SDLK_BACKSLASH		= 92,
+	SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET	= 93,
+	SDLK_CARET		= 94,
+	SDLK_UNDERSCORE		= 95,
+	SDLK_BACKQUOTE		= 96,
+	SDLK_a			= 97,
+	SDLK_b			= 98,
+	SDLK_c			= 99,
+	SDLK_d			= 100,
+	SDLK_e			= 101,
+	SDLK_f			= 102,
+	SDLK_g			= 103,
+	SDLK_h			= 104,
+	SDLK_i			= 105,
+	SDLK_j			= 106,
+	SDLK_k			= 107,
+	SDLK_l			= 108,
+	SDLK_m			= 109,
+	SDLK_n			= 110,
+	SDLK_o			= 111,
+	SDLK_p			= 112,
+	SDLK_q			= 113,
+	SDLK_r			= 114,
+	SDLK_s			= 115,
+	SDLK_t			= 116,
+	SDLK_u			= 117,
+	SDLK_v			= 118,
+	SDLK_w			= 119,
+	SDLK_x			= 120,
+	SDLK_y			= 121,
+	SDLK_z			= 122,
+	SDLK_DELETE		= 127,
+	/* End of ASCII mapped keysyms */
+
+	/* International keyboard syms */
+	SDLK_WORLD_0		= 160,		/* 0xA0 */
+	SDLK_WORLD_1		= 161,
+	SDLK_WORLD_2		= 162,
+	SDLK_WORLD_3		= 163,
+	SDLK_WORLD_4		= 164,
+	SDLK_WORLD_5		= 165,
+	SDLK_WORLD_6		= 166,
+	SDLK_WORLD_7		= 167,
+	SDLK_WORLD_8		= 168,
+	SDLK_WORLD_9		= 169,
+	SDLK_WORLD_10		= 170,
+	SDLK_WORLD_11		= 171,
+	SDLK_WORLD_12		= 172,
+	SDLK_WORLD_13		= 173,
+	SDLK_WORLD_14		= 174,
+	SDLK_WORLD_15		= 175,
+	SDLK_WORLD_16		= 176,
+	SDLK_WORLD_17		= 177,
+	SDLK_WORLD_18		= 178,
+	SDLK_WORLD_19		= 179,
+	SDLK_WORLD_20		= 180,
+	SDLK_WORLD_21		= 181,
+	SDLK_WORLD_22		= 182,
+	SDLK_WORLD_23		= 183,
+	SDLK_WORLD_24		= 184,
+	SDLK_WORLD_25		= 185,
+	SDLK_WORLD_26		= 186,
+	SDLK_WORLD_27		= 187,
+	SDLK_WORLD_28		= 188,
+	SDLK_WORLD_29		= 189,
+	SDLK_WORLD_30		= 190,
+	SDLK_WORLD_31		= 191,
+	SDLK_WORLD_32		= 192,
+	SDLK_WORLD_33		= 193,
+	SDLK_WORLD_34		= 194,
+	SDLK_WORLD_35		= 195,
+	SDLK_WORLD_36		= 196,
+	SDLK_WORLD_37		= 197,
+	SDLK_WORLD_38		= 198,
+	SDLK_WORLD_39		= 199,
+	SDLK_WORLD_40		= 200,
+	SDLK_WORLD_41		= 201,
+	SDLK_WORLD_42		= 202,
+	SDLK_WORLD_43		= 203,
+	SDLK_WORLD_44		= 204,
+	SDLK_WORLD_45		= 205,
+	SDLK_WORLD_46		= 206,
+	SDLK_WORLD_47		= 207,
+	SDLK_WORLD_48		= 208,
+	SDLK_WORLD_49		= 209,
+	SDLK_WORLD_50		= 210,
+	SDLK_WORLD_51		= 211,
+	SDLK_WORLD_52		= 212,
+	SDLK_WORLD_53		= 213,
+	SDLK_WORLD_54		= 214,
+	SDLK_WORLD_55		= 215,
+	SDLK_WORLD_56		= 216,
+	SDLK_WORLD_57		= 217,
+	SDLK_WORLD_58		= 218,
+	SDLK_WORLD_59		= 219,
+	SDLK_WORLD_60		= 220,
+	SDLK_WORLD_61		= 221,
+	SDLK_WORLD_62		= 222,
+	SDLK_WORLD_63		= 223,
+	SDLK_WORLD_64		= 224,
+	SDLK_WORLD_65		= 225,
+	SDLK_WORLD_66		= 226,
+	SDLK_WORLD_67		= 227,
+	SDLK_WORLD_68		= 228,
+	SDLK_WORLD_69		= 229,
+	SDLK_WORLD_70		= 230,
+	SDLK_WORLD_71		= 231,
+	SDLK_WORLD_72		= 232,
+	SDLK_WORLD_73		= 233,
+	SDLK_WORLD_74		= 234,
+	SDLK_WORLD_75		= 235,
+	SDLK_WORLD_76		= 236,
+	SDLK_WORLD_77		= 237,
+	SDLK_WORLD_78		= 238,
+	SDLK_WORLD_79		= 239,
+	SDLK_WORLD_80		= 240,
+	SDLK_WORLD_81		= 241,
+	SDLK_WORLD_82		= 242,
+	SDLK_WORLD_83		= 243,
+	SDLK_WORLD_84		= 244,
+	SDLK_WORLD_85		= 245,
+	SDLK_WORLD_86		= 246,
+	SDLK_WORLD_87		= 247,
+	SDLK_WORLD_88		= 248,
+	SDLK_WORLD_89		= 249,
+	SDLK_WORLD_90		= 250,
+	SDLK_WORLD_91		= 251,
+	SDLK_WORLD_92		= 252,
+	SDLK_WORLD_93		= 253,
+	SDLK_WORLD_94		= 254,
+	SDLK_WORLD_95		= 255,		/* 0xFF */
+
+	/* Numeric keypad */
+	SDLK_KP0		= 256,
+	SDLK_KP1		= 257,
+	SDLK_KP2		= 258,
+	SDLK_KP3		= 259,
+	SDLK_KP4		= 260,
+	SDLK_KP5		= 261,
+	SDLK_KP6		= 262,
+	SDLK_KP7		= 263,
+	SDLK_KP8		= 264,
+	SDLK_KP9		= 265,
+	SDLK_KP_PERIOD		= 266,
+	SDLK_KP_DIVIDE		= 267,
+	SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY	= 268,
+	SDLK_KP_MINUS		= 269,
+	SDLK_KP_PLUS		= 270,
+	SDLK_KP_ENTER		= 271,
+	SDLK_KP_EQUALS		= 272,
+
+	/* Arrows + Home/End pad */
+	SDLK_UP			= 273,
+	SDLK_DOWN		= 274,
+	SDLK_RIGHT		= 275,
+	SDLK_LEFT		= 276,
+	SDLK_INSERT		= 277,
+	SDLK_HOME		= 278,
+	SDLK_END		= 279,
+	SDLK_PAGEUP		= 280,
+	SDLK_PAGEDOWN		= 281,
+
+	/* Function keys */
+	SDLK_F1			= 282,
+	SDLK_F2			= 283,
+	SDLK_F3			= 284,
+	SDLK_F4			= 285,
+	SDLK_F5			= 286,
+	SDLK_F6			= 287,
+	SDLK_F7			= 288,
+	SDLK_F8			= 289,
+	SDLK_F9			= 290,
+	SDLK_F10		= 291,
+	SDLK_F11		= 292,
+	SDLK_F12		= 293,
+	SDLK_F13		= 294,
+	SDLK_F14		= 295,
+	SDLK_F15		= 296,
+
+	/* Key state modifier keys */
+	SDLK_NUMLOCK		= 300,
+	SDLK_CAPSLOCK		= 301,
+	SDLK_SCROLLOCK		= 302,
+	SDLK_RSHIFT		= 303,
+	SDLK_LSHIFT		= 304,
+	SDLK_RCTRL		= 305,
+	SDLK_LCTRL		= 306,
+	SDLK_RALT		= 307,
+	SDLK_LALT		= 308,
+	SDLK_RMETA		= 309,
+	SDLK_LMETA		= 310,
+	SDLK_LSUPER		= 311,		/* Left "Windows" key */
+	SDLK_RSUPER		= 312,		/* Right "Windows" key */
+	SDLK_MODE		= 313,		/* "Alt Gr" key */
+	SDLK_COMPOSE		= 314,		/* Multi-key compose key */
+
+	/* Miscellaneous function keys */
+	SDLK_HELP		= 315,
+	SDLK_PRINT		= 316,
+	SDLK_SYSREQ		= 317,
+	SDLK_BREAK		= 318,
+	SDLK_MENU		= 319,
+	SDLK_POWER		= 320,		/* Power Macintosh power key */
+	SDLK_EURO		= 321,		/* Some european keyboards */
+	SDLK_UNDO		= 322,		/* Atari keyboard has Undo */
+
+	/* Add any other keys here */
+
+	SDLK_LAST
+} SDLKey;
+
+/* Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together) */
+typedef enum {
+	KMOD_NONE  = 0x0000,
+	KMOD_LSHIFT= 0x0001,
+	KMOD_RSHIFT= 0x0002,
+	KMOD_LCTRL = 0x0040,
+	KMOD_RCTRL = 0x0080,
+	KMOD_LALT  = 0x0100,
+	KMOD_RALT  = 0x0200,
+	KMOD_LMETA = 0x0400,
+	KMOD_RMETA = 0x0800,
+	KMOD_NUM   = 0x1000,
+	KMOD_CAPS  = 0x2000,
+	KMOD_MODE  = 0x4000,
+	KMOD_RESERVED = 0x8000
+} SDLMod;
+
+#define KMOD_CTRL	(KMOD_LCTRL|KMOD_RCTRL)
+#define KMOD_SHIFT	(KMOD_LSHIFT|KMOD_RSHIFT)
+#define KMOD_ALT	(KMOD_LALT|KMOD_RALT)
+#define KMOD_META	(KMOD_LMETA|KMOD_RMETA)
+
+#endif /* _SDL_keysym_h */

include/SDL_loadso.h

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_loadso.h,v 1.5 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* System dependent library loading routines                           */
+
+/* Some things to keep in mind:                                        
+   - These functions only work on C function names.  Other languages may
+     have name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from
+     compiler to compiler.
+   - Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
+     convention as the actual library function.  Your code will crash
+     mysteriously if you do not do this.
+   - Avoid namespace collisions.  If you load a symbol from the library,
+     it is not defined whether or not it goes into the global symbol
+     namespace for the application.  If it does and it conflicts with
+     symbols in your code or other shared libraries, you will not get
+     the results you expect. :)
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _SDL_loadso_h
+#define _SDL_loadso_h
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
+ * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
+ * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
+
+/* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
+ * named function in the shared object and returns it.  This address
+ * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle, const char *name);
+
+/* Unload a shared object from memory */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_loadso_h */

include/SDL_main.h

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_main.h,v 1.12 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SDL_main_h
+#define _SDL_main_h
+
+/* Redefine main() on Win32 and MacOS so that it is called by winmain.c */
+
+#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || \
+    (defined(__MWERKS__) && !defined(__BEOS__)) || \
+    defined(macintosh) || defined(__APPLE__) || \
+    defined(__SYMBIAN32__) || defined(QWS)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define C_LINKAGE	"C"
+#else
+#define C_LINKAGE
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
+   and should be declared like this:
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+	int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+	{
+	}
+ */
+#define main	SDL_main
+
+/* The prototype for the application's main() function */
+extern C_LINKAGE int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+
+/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering the app on Win32 */
+#if defined(WIN32)
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "begin_code.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This should be called from your WinMain() function, if any */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModuleHandle(void *hInst);
+/* This can also be called, but is no longer necessary */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style, void *hInst);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+#endif
+
+/* From the SDL library code -- needed for registering QuickDraw on MacOS */
+#if defined(macintosh)
+#include "begin_code.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Forward declaration so we don't need to include QuickDraw.h */
+struct QDGlobals;
+
+/* This should be called from your main() function, if any */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_InitQuickDraw(struct QDGlobals *the_qd);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* Need to redefine main()? */
+
+#endif /* _SDL_main_h */

include/SDL_mixer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
+/*
+    SDL_mixer:  An audio mixer library based on the SDL library
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+/* $Id: SDL_mixer.h,v 1.30 2004/01/04 17:37:04 slouken Exp $ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_MIXER_H
+#define _SDL_MIXER_H
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+#include "SDL_audio.h"
+#include "SDL_byteorder.h"
+#include "SDL_version.h"
+#include "begin_code.h"
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+*/
+#define SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION	1
+#define SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION	2
+#define SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL	6
+
+/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+ * version of the SDL_mixer library.
+ */
+#define SDL_MIXER_VERSION(X)						\
+{									\
+	(X)->major = SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION;				\
+	(X)->minor = SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION;				\
+	(X)->patch = SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL;				\
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility */
+#define MIX_MAJOR_VERSION	SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION
+#define MIX_MINOR_VERSION	SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION
+#define MIX_PATCHLEVEL		SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL
+#define MIX_VERSION(X)		SDL_MIXER_VERSION(X)
+
+/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_mixer library.
+   it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+   use the SDL_MIXER_VERSION() macro.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDLCALL Mix_Linked_Version(void);
+
+
+/* The default mixer has 8 simultaneous mixing channels */
+#ifndef MIX_CHANNELS
+#define MIX_CHANNELS	8
+#endif
+
+/* Good default values for a PC soundcard */
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY	22050
+#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT	AUDIO_S16LSB
+#else
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT	AUDIO_S16MSB
+#endif
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS	2
+#define MIX_MAX_VOLUME		128	/* Volume of a chunk */
+
+/* The internal format for an audio chunk */
+typedef struct {
+	int allocated;
+	Uint8 *abuf;
+	Uint32 alen;
+	Uint8 volume;		/* Per-sample volume, 0-128 */
+} Mix_Chunk;
+
+/* The different fading types supported */
+typedef enum {
+	MIX_NO_FADING,
+	MIX_FADING_OUT,
+	MIX_FADING_IN
+} Mix_Fading;
+
+typedef enum {
+	MUS_NONE,
+	MUS_CMD,
+	MUS_WAV,
+	MUS_MOD,
+	MUS_MID,
+	MUS_OGG,
+	MUS_MP3
+} Mix_MusicType;
+
+/* The internal format for a music chunk interpreted via mikmod */
+typedef struct _Mix_Music Mix_Music;
+
+/* Open the mixer with a certain audio format */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_OpenAudio(int frequency, Uint16 format, int channels,
+							int chunksize);
+
+/* Dynamically change the number of channels managed by the mixer.
+   If decreasing the number of channels, the upper channels are
+   stopped.
+   This function returns the new number of allocated channels.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_AllocateChannels(int numchans);
+
+/* Find out what the actual audio device parameters are.
+   This function returns 1 if the audio has been opened, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_QuerySpec(int *frequency,Uint16 *format,int *channels);
+
+/* Load a wave file or a music (.mod .s3m .it .xm) file */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
+#define Mix_LoadWAV(file)	Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUS(const char *file);
+
+#ifdef USE_RWOPS /* This hasn't been hooked into music.c yet */
+/* Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object (MikMod-specific currently)
+   Matt Campbell (matt@campbellhome.dhs.org) April 2000 */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUS_RW(SDL_RWops *rw);
+#endif
+
+/* Load a wave file of the mixer format from a memory buffer */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_QuickLoad_WAV(Uint8 *mem);
+
+/* Load raw audio data of the mixer format from a memory buffer */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_QuickLoad_RAW(Uint8 *mem, Uint32 len);
+
+/* Free an audio chunk previously loaded */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_FreeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_FreeMusic(Mix_Music *music);
+
+/* Find out the music format of a mixer music, or the currently playing
+   music, if 'music' is NULL.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_MusicType SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicType(const Mix_Music *music);
+
+/* Set a function that is called after all mixing is performed.
+   This can be used to provide real-time visual display of the audio stream
+   or add a custom mixer filter for the stream data.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_SetPostMix(void (*mix_func)
+                             (void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
+
+/* Add your own music player or additional mixer function.
+   If 'mix_func' is NULL, the default music player is re-enabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_HookMusic(void (*mix_func)
+                          (void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
+
+/* Add your own callback when the music has finished playing.
+   This callback is only called if the music finishes naturally.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_HookMusicFinished(void (*music_finished)(void));
+
+/* Get a pointer to the user data for the current music hook */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicHookData(void);
+
+/*
+ * Add your own callback when a channel has finished playing. NULL
+ *  to disable callback. The callback may be called from the mixer's audio 
+ *  callback or it could be called as a result of Mix_HaltChannel(), etc.
+ *  do not call SDL_LockAudio() from this callback; you will either be 
+ *  inside the audio callback, or SDL_mixer will explicitly lock the audio
+ *  before calling your callback.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_ChannelFinished(void (*channel_finished)(int channel));
+
+
+/* Special Effects API by ryan c. gordon. (icculus@linuxgames.com) */
+
+#define MIX_CHANNEL_POST  -2
+
+/* This is the format of a special effect callback:
+ *
+ *   myeffect(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
+ *
+ * (chan) is the channel number that your effect is affecting. (stream) is
+ *  the buffer of data to work upon. (len) is the size of (stream), and
+ *  (udata) is a user-defined bit of data, which you pass as the last arg of
+ *  Mix_RegisterEffect(), and is passed back unmolested to your callback.
+ *  Your effect changes the contents of (stream) based on whatever parameters
+ *  are significant, or just leaves it be, if you prefer. You can do whatever
+ *  you like to the buffer, though, and it will continue in its changed state
+ *  down the mixing pipeline, through any other effect functions, then finally
+ *  to be mixed with the rest of the channels and music for the final output
+ *  stream.
+ *
+ * DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
+ */
+typedef void (*Mix_EffectFunc_t)(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
+
+/*
+ * This is a callback that signifies that a channel has finished all its
+ *  loops and has completed playback. This gets called if the buffer
+ *  plays out normally, or if you call Mix_HaltChannel(), implicitly stop
+ *  a channel via Mix_AllocateChannels(), or unregister a callback while
+ *  it's still playing.
+ *
+ * DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
+ */
+typedef void (*Mix_EffectDone_t)(int chan, void *udata);
+
+
+/* Register a special effect function. At mixing time, the channel data is
+ *  copied into a buffer and passed through each registered effect function.
+ *  After it passes through all the functions, it is mixed into the final
+ *  output stream. The copy to buffer is performed once, then each effect
+ *  function performs on the output of the previous effect. Understand that
+ *  this extra copy to a buffer is not performed if there are no effects
+ *  registered for a given chunk, which saves CPU cycles, and any given
+ *  effect will be extra cycles, too, so it is crucial that your code run
+ *  fast. Also note that the data that your function is given is in the
+ *  format of the sound device, and not the format you gave to Mix_OpenAudio(),
+ *  although they may in reality be the same. This is an unfortunate but
+ *  necessary speed concern. Use Mix_QuerySpec() to determine if you can
+ *  handle the data before you register your effect, and take appropriate
+ *  actions.
+ * You may also specify a callback (Mix_EffectDone_t) that is called when
+ *  the channel finishes playing. This gives you a more fine-grained control
+ *  than Mix_ChannelFinished(), in case you need to free effect-specific
+ *  resources, etc. If you don't need this, you can specify NULL.
+ * You may set the callbacks before or after calling Mix_PlayChannel().
+ * Things like Mix_SetPanning() are just internal special effect functions,
+ *  so if you are using that, you've already incurred the overhead of a copy
+ *  to a separate buffer, and that these effects will be in the queue with
+ *  any functions you've registered. The list of registered effects for a
+ *  channel is reset when a chunk finishes playing, so you need to explicitly
+ *  set them with each call to Mix_PlayChannel*().
+ * You may also register a special effect function that is to be run after
+ *  final mixing occurs. The rules for these callbacks are identical to those
+ *  in Mix_RegisterEffect, but they are run after all the channels and the
+ *  music have been mixed into a single stream, whereas channel-specific
+ *  effects run on a given channel before any other mixing occurs. These
+ *  global effect callbacks are call "posteffects". Posteffects only have
+ *  their Mix_EffectDone_t function called when they are unregistered (since
+ *  the main output stream is never "done" in the same sense as a channel).
+ *  You must unregister them manually when you've had enough. Your callback
+ *  will be told that the channel being mixed is (MIX_CHANNEL_POST) if the
+ *  processing is considered a posteffect.
+ *
+ * After all these effects have finished processing, the callback registered
+ *  through Mix_SetPostMix() runs, and then the stream goes to the audio
+ *  device. 
+ *
+ * DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if added.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_RegisterEffect(int chan, Mix_EffectFunc_t f,
+					Mix_EffectDone_t d, void *arg);
+
+
+/* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop an
+ *  effect from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback.
+ * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+ *  but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+ *  specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or effect), nonzero if removed.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_UnregisterEffect(int channel, Mix_EffectFunc_t f);
+
+
+/* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop all
+ *  effects from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback. Note that
+ *  this will also shut off some internal effect processing, since
+ *  Mix_SetPanning() and others may use this API under the hood. This is
+ *  called internally when a channel completes playback.
+ * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+ *  but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+ *  specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if all effects removed.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_UnregisterAllEffects(int channel);
+
+
+#define MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED  "MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED"
+
+/*
+ * These are the internally-defined mixing effects. They use the same API that
+ *  effects defined in the application use, but are provided here as a
+ *  convenience. Some effects can reduce their quality or use more memory in
+ *  the name of speed; to enable this, make sure the environment variable
+ *  MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED (see above) is defined before you call
+ *  Mix_OpenAudio().
+ */
+
+
+/* Set the panning of a channel. The left and right channels are specified
+ *  as integers between 0 and 255, quietest to loudest, respectively.
+ *
+ * Technically, this is just individual volume control for a sample with
+ *  two (stereo) channels, so it can be used for more than just panning.
+ *  If you want real panning, call it like this:
+ *
+ *   Mix_SetPanning(channel, left, 255 - left);
+ *
+ * ...which isn't so hard.
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ *  the panning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+ *  to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally, and returns without
+ *  registering the effect function if the audio device is not configured
+ *  for stereo output. Setting both (left) and (right) to 255 causes this
+ *  effect to be unregistered, since that is the data's normal state.
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ *  nonzero if panning effect enabled. Note that an audio device in mono
+ *  mode is a no-op, but this call will return successful in that case.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetPanning(int channel, Uint8 left, Uint8 right);
+
+
+/* Set the position of a channel. (angle) is an integer from 0 to 360, that
+ *  specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener. (angle)
+ *  will be reduced as neccesary (540 becomes 180 degrees, -100 becomes 260).
+ *  Angle 0 is due north, and rotates clockwise as the value increases.
+ *  For efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited (angles 1
+ *  through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc).
+ *  (distance) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+ *  between the sound and the listener. The larger the number, the further
+ *  away the sound is. Using 255 does not guarantee that the channel will be
+ *  culled from the mixing process or be completely silent. For efficiency,
+ *  the precision of this effect may be limited (distance 0 through 5 might
+ *  all produce the same effect, 6 through 10 are equal, etc). Setting (angle)
+ *  and (distance) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+ *  unchanged.
+ *
+ * If you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+ *  spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer. This is only meant to be a
+ *  basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+ *
+ * If the audio device is configured for mono output, then you won't get
+ *  any effectiveness from the angle; however, distance attenuation on the
+ *  channel will still occur. While this effect will function with stereo
+ *  voices, it makes more sense to use voices with only one channel of sound,
+ *  so when they are mixed through this effect, the positioning will sound
+ *  correct. You can convert them to mono through SDL before giving them to
+ *  the mixer in the first place if you like.
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ *  the positioning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it
+ *  on to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper over Mix_SetDistance() and Mix_SetPanning().
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ *  nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetPosition(int channel, Sint16 angle, Uint8 distance);
+
+
+/* Set the "distance" of a channel. (distance) is an integer from 0 to 255
+ *  that specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener.
+ *  Distance 0 is overlapping the listener, and 255 is as far away as possible
+ *  A distance of 255 does not guarantee silence; in such a case, you might
+ *  want to try changing the chunk's volume, or just cull the sample from the
+ *  mixing process with Mix_HaltChannel().
+ * For efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited (distances 1
+ *  through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc).
+ *  (distance) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+ *  between the sound and the listener. The larger the number, the further
+ *  away the sound is.
+ * Setting (distance) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+ *  unchanged.
+ * If you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+ *  spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer. This is only meant to be a
+ *  basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ *  the distance attenuation will be done to the final mixed stream before
+ *  passing it on to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally.
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ *  nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetDistance(int channel, Uint8 distance);
+
+
+/*
+ * !!! FIXME : Haven't implemented, since the effect goes past the
+ *              end of the sound buffer. Will have to think about this.
+ *               --ryan.
+ */
+#if 0
+/* Causes an echo effect to be mixed into a sound. (echo) is the amount
+ *  of echo to mix. 0 is no echo, 255 is infinite (and probably not
+ *  what you want).
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ *  the reverbing will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+ *  to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally. If you specify an echo
+ *  of zero, the effect is unregistered, as the data is already in that state.
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ *  nonzero if reversing effect is enabled.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern no_parse_DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetReverb(int channel, Uint8 echo);
+#endif
+
+/* Causes a channel to reverse its stereo. This is handy if the user has his
+ *  speakers hooked up backwards, or you would like to have a minor bit of
+ *  psychedelia in your sound code.  :)  Calling this function with (flip)
+ *  set to non-zero reverses the chunks's usual channels. If (flip) is zero,
+ *  the effect is unregistered.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally, and thus is probably
+ *  more CPU intensive than having the user just plug in his speakers
+ *  correctly. Mix_SetReverseStereo() returns without registering the effect
+ *  function if the audio device is not configured for stereo output.
+ *
+ * If you specify MIX_CHANNEL_POST for (channel), then this the effect is used
+ *  on the final mixed stream before sending it on to the audio device (a
+ *  posteffect).
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ *  nonzero if reversing effect is enabled. Note that an audio device in mono
+ *  mode is a no-op, but this call will return successful in that case.
+ *  Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetReverseStereo(int channel, int flip);
+
+/* end of effects API. --ryan. */
+
+
+/* Reserve the first channels (0 -> n-1) for the application, i.e. don't allocate
+   them dynamically to the next sample if requested with a -1 value below.
+   Returns the number of reserved channels.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_ReserveChannels(int num);
+
+/* Channel grouping functions */
+
+/* Attach a tag to a channel. A tag can be assigned to several mixer
+   channels, to form groups of channels.
+   If 'tag' is -1, the tag is removed (actually -1 is the tag used to
+   represent the group of all the channels).
+   Returns true if everything was OK.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupChannel(int which, int tag);
+/* Assign several consecutive channels to a group */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupChannels(int from, int to, int tag);
+/* Finds the first available channel in a group of channels,
+   returning -1 if none are available.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupAvailable(int tag);
+/* Returns the number of channels in a group. This is also a subtle
+   way to get the total number of channels when 'tag' is -1
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupCount(int tag);
+/* Finds the "oldest" sample playing in a group of channels */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupOldest(int tag);
+/* Finds the "most recent" (i.e. last) sample playing in a group of channels */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupNewer(int tag);
+
+/* Play an audio chunk on a specific channel.
+   If the specified channel is -1, play on the first free channel.
+   If 'loops' is greater than zero, loop the sound that many times.
+   If 'loops' is -1, loop inifinitely (~65000 times).
+   Returns which channel was used to play the sound.
+*/
+#define Mix_PlayChannel(channel,chunk,loops) Mix_PlayChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,-1)
+/* The same as above, but the sound is played at most 'ticks' milliseconds */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ticks);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops);
+
+/* Fade in music or a channel over "ms" milliseconds, same semantics as the "Play" functions */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops, int ms);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInMusicPos(Mix_Music *music, int loops, int ms, double position);
+#define Mix_FadeInChannel(channel,chunk,loops,ms) Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,ms,-1)
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ms, int ticks);
+
+/* Set the volume in the range of 0-128 of a specific channel or chunk.
+   If the specified channel is -1, set volume for all channels.
+   Returns the original volume.
+   If the specified volume is -1, just return the current volume.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Volume(int channel, int volume);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_VolumeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk, int volume);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_VolumeMusic(int volume);
+
+/* Halt playing of a particular channel */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltChannel(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltGroup(int tag);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltMusic(void);
+
+/* Change the expiration delay for a particular channel.
+   The sample will stop playing after the 'ticks' milliseconds have elapsed,
+   or remove the expiration if 'ticks' is -1
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_ExpireChannel(int channel, int ticks);
+
+/* Halt a channel, fading it out progressively till it's silent
+   The ms parameter indicates the number of milliseconds the fading
+   will take.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutChannel(int which, int ms);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutGroup(int tag, int ms);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutMusic(int ms);
+
+/* Query the fading status of a channel */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading SDLCALL Mix_FadingMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading SDLCALL Mix_FadingChannel(int which);
+
+/* Pause/Resume a particular channel */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Pause(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Resume(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Paused(int channel);
+
+/* Pause/Resume the music stream */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_PauseMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_ResumeMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_RewindMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PausedMusic(void);
+
+/* Set the current position in the music stream.
+   This returns 0 if successful, or -1 if it failed or isn't implemented.
+   This function is only implemented for MOD music formats (set pattern
+   order number) and for OGG music (set position in seconds), at the
+   moment.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetMusicPosition(double position);
+
+/* Check the status of a specific channel.
+   If the specified channel is -1, check all channels.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Playing(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayingMusic(void);
+
+/* Stop music and set external music playback command */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetMusicCMD(const char *command);
+
+/* Synchro value is set by MikMod from modules while playing */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetSynchroValue(int value);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GetSynchroValue(void);
+
+/* Get the Mix_Chunk currently associated with a mixer channel
+    Returns NULL if it's an invalid channel, or there's no chunk associated.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_GetChunk(int channel);
+
+/* Close the mixer, halting all playing audio */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_CloseAudio(void);
+
+/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
+#define Mix_SetError	SDL_SetError
+#define Mix_GetError	SDL_GetError
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_MIXER_H */

include/SDL_mouse.h

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_mouse.h,v 1.7 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Include file for SDL mouse event handling */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_mouse_h
+#define _SDL_mouse_h
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct WMcursor WMcursor;	/* Implementation dependent */
+typedef struct {
+	SDL_Rect area;			/* The area of the mouse cursor */
+	Sint16 hot_x, hot_y;		/* The "tip" of the cursor */
+	Uint8 *data;			/* B/W cursor data */
+	Uint8 *mask;			/* B/W cursor mask */
+	Uint8 *save[2];			/* Place to save cursor area */
+	WMcursor *wm_cursor;		/* Window-manager cursor */
+} SDL_Cursor;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/*
+ * Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+ * be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+ * current mouse cursor position.  You can pass NULL for either x or y.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+ * be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+ * mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
+
+/*
+ * Set the position of the mouse cursor (generates a mouse motion event)
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouse(Uint16 x, Uint16 y);
+
+/*
+ * Create a cursor using the specified data and mask (in MSB format).
+ * The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
+ *
+ * The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
+ * data  mask    resulting pixel on screen
+ *  0     1       White
+ *  1     1       Black
+ *  0     0       Transparent
+ *  1     0       Inverted color if possible, black if not.
+ *
+ * Cursors created with this function must be freed with SDL_FreeCursor().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor * SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor
+		(Uint8 *data, Uint8 *mask, int w, int h, int hot_x, int hot_y);
+
+/*
+ * Set the currently active cursor to the specified one.
+ * If the cursor is currently visible, the change will be immediately 
+ * represented on the display.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor *cursor);
+
+/*
+ * Returns the currently active cursor.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor * SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
+
+/*
+ * Deallocates a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor *cursor);
+
+/*
+ * Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown on the screen.
+ * The cursor start off displayed, but can be turned off.
+ * SDL_ShowCursor() returns 1 if the cursor was being displayed
+ * before the call, or 0 if it was not.  You can query the current
+ * state by passing a 'toggle' value of -1.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
+
+/* Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate
+   Button 1:	Left mouse button
+   Button 2:	Middle mouse button
+   Button 3:	Right mouse button
+   Button 4:	Mouse wheel up	 (may also be a real button)
+   Button 5:	Mouse wheel down (may also be a real button)
+ */
+#define SDL_BUTTON(X)		(SDL_PRESSED<<(X-1))
+#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT		1
+#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE	2
+#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT	3
+#define SDL_BUTTON_WHEELUP	4
+#define SDL_BUTTON_WHEELDOWN	5
+#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK	SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK	SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK	SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_mouse_h */

include/SDL_mutex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_mutex.h,v 1.7 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SDL_mutex_h
+#define _SDL_mutex_h
+
+/* Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives
+
+	These are independent of the other SDL routines.
+*/
+
+#include "SDL_main.h"
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
+   if they time out.
+*/
+#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT	1
+
+/* This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out */
+#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT	(~(Uint32)0)
+
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* Mutex functions                                               */
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_mutex.c */
+struct SDL_mutex;
+typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
+
+/* Create a mutex, initialized unlocked */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex * SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
+
+/* Lock the mutex  (Returns 0, or -1 on error) */
+#define SDL_LockMutex(m)	SDL_mutexP(m)
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_mutexP(SDL_mutex *mutex);
+
+/* Unlock the mutex  (Returns 0, or -1 on error)
+   It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by
+   the current thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define SDL_UnlockMutex(m)	SDL_mutexV(m)
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_mutexV(SDL_mutex *mutex);
+
+/* Destroy a mutex */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex *mutex);
+
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* Semaphore functions                                           */
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_sem.c */
+struct SDL_semaphore;
+typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
+
+/* Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure. */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem * SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
+
+/* Destroy a semaphore */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem *sem);
+
+/* This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed 
+ * to by sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the semaphore
+ * count.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem *sem);
+
+/* Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait(), returns 0 if the wait succeeds,
+   SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would block, and -1 on error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem *sem);
+
+/* Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds, returns 0 if
+   the wait succeeds, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not succeed in
+   the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+   On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
+   of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem *sem, Uint32 ms);
+
+/* Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking), returns 0,
+   or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem *sem);
+
+/* Returns the current count of the semaphore */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem *sem);
+
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* Condition variable functions                                  */
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_cond.c */
+struct SDL_cond;
+typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
+
+/* Create a condition variable */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond * SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
+
+/* Destroy a condition variable */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond *cond);
+
+/* Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
+   returns 0 or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond *cond);
+
+/* Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable,
+   returns 0 or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond *cond);
+
+/* Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
+   The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
+   Returns 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond *cond, SDL_mutex *mut);
+
+/* Waits for at most 'ms' milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
+   variable is signaled, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
+   signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+   On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a delay
+   of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond *cond, SDL_mutex *mutex, Uint32 ms);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_mutex_h */

include/SDL_name.h

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+
+#ifndef _SDLname_h_
+#define _SDLname_h_
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+#define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1
+#endif
+
+#define SDL_NAME(X)	SDL_##X
+
+#endif /* _SDLname_h_ */

include/SDL_quit.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_quit.h,v 1.5 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Include file for SDL quit event handling */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_quit_h
+#define _SDL_quit_h
+
+/* 
+  An SDL_QUITEVENT is generated when the user tries to close the application
+  window.  If it is ignored or filtered out, the window will remain open.
+  If it is not ignored or filtered, it is queued normally and the window
+  is allowed to close.  When the window is closed, screen updates will 
+  complete, but have no effect.
+
+  SDL_Init() installs signal handlers for SIGINT (keyboard interrupt)
+  and SIGTERM (system termination request), if handlers do not already
+  exist, that generate SDL_QUITEVENT events as well.  There is no way
+  to determine the cause of an SDL_QUITEVENT, but setting a signal
+  handler in your application will override the default generation of
+  quit events for that signal.
+*/
+
+/* There are no functions directly affecting the quit event */
+#define SDL_QuitRequested() \
+        (SDL_PumpEvents(), SDL_PeepEvents(NULL,0,SDL_PEEKEVENT,SDL_QUITMASK))
+
+#endif /* _SDL_quit_h */

include/SDL_rwops.h

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_rwops.h,v 1.7 2004/01/04 16:49:07 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
+   data sources.  It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_RWops_h
+#define _SDL_RWops_h
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic */
+
+typedef struct SDL_RWops {
+	/* Seek to 'offset' relative to whence, one of stdio's whence values:
+		SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, SEEK_END
+	   Returns the final offset in the data source.
+	 */
+	int (*seek)(struct SDL_RWops *context, int offset, int whence);
+
+	/* Read up to 'num' objects each of size 'objsize' from the data
+	   source to the area pointed at by 'ptr'.
+	   Returns the number of objects read, or -1 if the read failed.
+	 */
+	int (*read)(struct SDL_RWops *context, void *ptr, int size, int maxnum);
+
+	/* Write exactly 'num' objects each of size 'objsize' from the area
+	   pointed at by 'ptr' to data source.
+	   Returns 'num', or -1 if the write failed.
+	 */
+	int (*write)(struct SDL_RWops *context, const void *ptr, int size, int num);
+
+	/* Close and free an allocated SDL_FSops structure */
+	int (*close)(struct SDL_RWops *context);
+
+	Uint32 type;
+	union {
+	    struct {
+		int autoclose;
+	 	FILE *fp;
+	    } stdio;
+	    struct {
+		Uint8 *base;
+	 	Uint8 *here;
+		Uint8 *stop;
+	    } mem;
+	    struct {
+		void *data1;
+	    } unknown;
+	} hidden;
+
+} SDL_RWops;
+
+
+/* Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data sources */
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file, const char *mode);
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(FILE *fp, int autoclose);
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_RWFromConstMem(const void *mem, int size);
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops * SDLCALL SDL_AllocRW(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops *area);
+
+/* Macros to easily read and write from an SDL_RWops structure */
+#define SDL_RWseek(ctx, offset, whence)	(ctx)->seek(ctx, offset, whence)
+#define SDL_RWtell(ctx)			(ctx)->seek(ctx, 0, SEEK_CUR)
+#define SDL_RWread(ctx, ptr, size, n)	(ctx)->read(ctx, ptr, size, n)
+#define SDL_RWwrite(ctx, ptr, size, n)	(ctx)->write(ctx, ptr, size, n)
+#define SDL_RWclose(ctx)		(ctx)->close(ctx)
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_RWops_h */

include/SDL_syswm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_syswm.h,v 1.12 2004/01/04 16:49:08 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Include file for SDL custom system window manager hooks */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_syswm_h
+#define _SDL_syswm_h
+
+#include "SDL_version.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Your application has access to a special type of event 'SDL_SYSWMEVENT',
+   which contains window-manager specific information and arrives whenever
+   an unhandled window event occurs.  This event is ignored by default, but
+   you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
+*/
+#ifdef SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY
+struct SDL_SysWMinfo;
+typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
+#else
+
+/* This is the structure for custom window manager events */
+#if (defined(unix) || defined(__unix__) || defined(_AIX) || defined(__OpenBSD__)) && \
+    (!defined(DISABLE_X11) && !defined(__CYGWIN32__) && !defined(ENABLE_NANOX))
+ /* AIX is unix, of course, but the native compiler CSet doesn't define unix */
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+
+/* These are the various supported subsystems under UNIX */
+typedef enum {
+	SDL_SYSWM_X11
+} SDL_SYSWM_TYPE;
+
+/* The UNIX custom event structure */
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
+	SDL_version version;
+	SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
+	union {
+	    XEvent xevent;
+	} event;
+};
+
+/* The UNIX custom window manager information structure.
+   When this structure is returned, it holds information about which
+   low level system it is using, and will be one of SDL_SYSWM_TYPE.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+	SDL_version version;
+	SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
+	union {
+	    struct {
+	    	Display *display;	/* The X11 display */
+	    	Window window;		/* The X11 display window */
+		/* These locking functions should be called around
+                   any X11 functions using the display variable.
+                   They lock the event thread, so should not be
+		   called around event functions or from event filters.
+		 */
+		void (*lock_func)(void);
+		void (*unlock_func)(void);
+
+		/* Introduced in SDL 1.0.2 */
+	    	Window fswindow;	/* The X11 fullscreen window */
+	    	Window wmwindow;	/* The X11 managed input window */
+	    } x11;
+	} info;
+} SDL_SysWMinfo;
+
+#elif defined(ENABLE_NANOX)
+#include <microwin/nano-X.h>
+
+/* The generic custom event structure */
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
+	SDL_version version;
+	int data;
+};
+
+/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
+typedef struct {
+	SDL_version version ;
+	GR_WINDOW_ID window ;	/* The display window */
+} SDL_SysWMinfo;
+
+#elif defined(WIN32)
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+/* The windows custom event structure */
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
+	SDL_version version;
+	HWND hwnd;			/* The window for the message */
+	UINT msg;			/* The type of message */
+	WPARAM wParam;			/* WORD message parameter */
+	LPARAM lParam;			/* LONG message parameter */
+};
+
+/* The windows custom window manager information structure */
+typedef struct {
+	SDL_version version;
+	HWND window;			/* The Win32 display window */
+	HGLRC hglrc;			/* The OpenGL context, if any */
+} SDL_SysWMinfo;
+
+#elif defined(__riscos__)
+
+/* RISC OS custom event structure */
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
+	SDL_version version;
+	int eventCode;		/* The window for the message */
+	int pollBlock[64];
+};
+
+/* The RISCOS custom window manager information structure */
+typedef struct {
+	SDL_version version;
+	int wimpVersion;    /* Wimp version running under */
+	int taskHandle;     /* The RISCOS task handle */
+	int window;			/* The RISCOS display window */
+} SDL_SysWMinfo;
+
+#else
+
+/* The generic custom event structure */
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg {
+	SDL_version version;
+	int data;
+};
+
+/* The generic custom window manager information structure */
+typedef struct {
+	SDL_version version;
+	int data;
+} SDL_SysWMinfo;
+
+#endif /* OS type */
+
+#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/*
+ * This function gives you custom hooks into the window manager information.
+ * It fills the structure pointed to by 'info' with custom information and
+ * returns 1 if the function is implemented.  If it's not implemented, or
+ * the version member of the 'info' structure is invalid, it returns 0. 
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWMInfo(SDL_SysWMinfo *info);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_syswm_h */

include/SDL_thread.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_thread.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:08 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SDL_thread_h
+#define _SDL_thread_h
+
+/* Header for the SDL thread management routines 
+
+	These are independent of the other SDL routines.
+*/
+
+#include "SDL_main.h"
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+
+/* Thread synchronization primitives */
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The SDL thread structure, defined in SDL_thread.c */
+struct SDL_Thread;
+typedef struct SDL_Thread SDL_Thread;
+
+/* Create a thread */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread * SDLCALL SDL_CreateThread(int (*fn)(void *), void *data);
+
+/* Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the current thread */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ThreadID(void);
+
+/* Get the 32-bit thread identifier for the specified thread,
+   equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread *thread);
+
+/* Wait for a thread to finish.
+   The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
+   pointed to by 'status', if 'status' is not NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread *thread, int *status);
+
+/* Forcefully kill a thread without worrying about its state */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_KillThread(SDL_Thread *thread);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_thread_h */

include/SDL_timer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_timer.h,v 1.6 2004/01/04 16:49:08 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _SDL_timer_h
+#define _SDL_timer_h
+
+/* Header for the SDL time management routines */
+
+#include "SDL_main.h"
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This is the OS scheduler timeslice, in milliseconds */
+#define SDL_TIMESLICE		10
+
+/* This is the maximum resolution of the SDL timer on all platforms */
+#define TIMER_RESOLUTION	10	/* Experimentally determined */
+
+/* Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
+ * Note that this value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
+ */ 
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetTicks(void);
+
+/* Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
+
+/* Function prototype for the timer callback function */
+typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL *SDL_TimerCallback)(Uint32 interval);
+
+/* Set a callback to run after the specified number of milliseconds has
+ * elapsed. The callback function is passed the current timer interval
+ * and returns the next timer interval.  If the returned value is the 
+ * same as the one passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a
+ * new alarm is scheduled.  If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm
+ * is cancelled.
+ *
+ * To cancel a currently running timer, call SDL_SetTimer(0, NULL);
+ *
+ * The timer callback function may run in a different thread than your
+ * main code, and so shouldn't call any functions from within itself.
+ *
+ * The maximum resolution of this timer is 10 ms, which means that if
+ * you request a 16 ms timer, your callback will run approximately 20 ms
+ * later on an unloaded system.  If you wanted to set a flag signaling
+ * a frame update at 30 frames per second (every 33 ms), you might set a 
+ * timer for 30 ms:
+ *   SDL_SetTimer((33/10)*10, flag_update);
+ *
+ * If you use this function, you need to pass SDL_INIT_TIMER to SDL_Init().
+ *
+ * Under UNIX, you should not use raise or use SIGALRM and this function
+ * in the same program, as it is implemented using setitimer().  You also
+ * should not use this function in multi-threaded applications as signals
+ * to multi-threaded apps have undefined behavior in some implementations.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTimer(Uint32 interval, SDL_TimerCallback callback);
+
+/* New timer API, supports multiple timers
+ * Written by Stephane Peter <megastep@lokigames.com>
+ */
+
+/* Function prototype for the new timer callback function.
+ * The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
+ * the next timer interval.  If the returned value is the same as the one
+ * passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
+ * scheduled.  If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
+ */
+typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL *SDL_NewTimerCallback)(Uint32 interval, void *param);
+
+/* Definition of the timer ID type */
+typedef struct _SDL_TimerID *SDL_TimerID;
+
+/* Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
+   Returns a timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDLCALL SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval, SDL_NewTimerCallback callback, void *param);
+
+/* Remove one of the multiple timers knowing its ID.
+ * Returns a boolean value indicating success.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID t);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_timer_h */

include/SDL_types.h

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_types.h,v 1.11 2004/01/04 16:49:08 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* General data types used by the SDL library */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_types_h
+#define _SDL_types_h
+
+/* The number of elements in a table */
+#define SDL_TABLESIZE(table)	(sizeof(table)/sizeof(table[0]))
+
+/* Basic data types */
+typedef enum {
+	SDL_FALSE = 0,
+	SDL_TRUE  = 1
+} SDL_bool;
+typedef unsigned char	Uint8;
+typedef signed char	Sint8;
+typedef unsigned short	Uint16;
+typedef signed short	Sint16;
+typedef unsigned int	Uint32;
+typedef signed int	Sint32;
+
+/* Figure out how to support 64-bit datatypes */
+#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__DECC)
+#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE	long long
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) /* VC++ */
+#define SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE	__int64
+#endif
+#endif /* !__STRICT_ANSI__ */
+
+/* The 64-bit type isn't available on EPOC/Symbian OS */
+#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__
+#undef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
+#endif
+
+/* The 64-bit datatype isn't supported on all platforms */
+#ifdef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE
+#ifndef H_MMBASIC
+typedef unsigned SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE Uint64;
+#endif
+typedef SDL_HAS_64BIT_TYPE Sint64;
+#else
+/* This is really just a hack to prevent the compiler from complaining */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint32 hi;
+	Uint32 lo;
+} Uint64, Sint64;
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure the types really have the right sizes */
+#define SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(name, x)               \
+       typedef int SDL_dummy_ ## name[(x) * 2 - 1]
+
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint8, sizeof(Uint8) == 1);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint8, sizeof(Sint8) == 1);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint16, sizeof(Uint16) == 2);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint16, sizeof(Sint16) == 2);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint32, sizeof(Uint32) == 4);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint32, sizeof(Sint32) == 4);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint64, sizeof(Uint64) == 8);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint64, sizeof(Sint64) == 8);
+
+/* Check to make sure enums are the size of ints, for structure packing.
+   For both Watcom C/C++ and Borland C/C++ the compiler option that makes
+   enums having the size of an int must be enabled.
+   This is "-b" for Borland C/C++ and "-ei" for Watcom C/C++ (v11).
+*/
+/* Enable enums always int in CodeWarrior (for MPW use "-enum int") */
+#ifdef __MWERKS__
+#pragma enumsalwaysint on
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+	DUMMY_ENUM_VALUE
+} SDL_DUMMY_ENUM;
+
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(enum, sizeof(SDL_DUMMY_ENUM) == sizeof(int));
+
+#undef SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT
+
+/* General keyboard/mouse state definitions */
+enum { SDL_PRESSED = 0x01, SDL_RELEASED = 0x00 };
+
+#endif

include/SDL_version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_version.h,v 1.12 2004/01/04 16:49:08 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* This header defines the current SDL version */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_version_h
+#define _SDL_version_h
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+*/
+#define SDL_MAJOR_VERSION	1
+#define SDL_MINOR_VERSION	2
+#define SDL_PATCHLEVEL		7
+
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 major;
+	Uint8 minor;
+	Uint8 patch;
+} SDL_version;
+
+/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+ * version of the SDL library.
+ */
+#define SDL_VERSION(X)							\
+{									\
+	(X)->major = SDL_MAJOR_VERSION;					\
+	(X)->minor = SDL_MINOR_VERSION;					\
+	(X)->patch = SDL_PATCHLEVEL;					\
+}
+
+/* This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
+   (1,2,3) -> (1203)
+   This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels
+*/
+#define SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z)						\
+	(X)*1000 + (Y)*100 + (Z)
+
+/* This is the version number macro for the current SDL version */
+#define SDL_COMPILEDVERSION \
+	SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL)
+
+/* This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z */
+#define SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z) \
+	(SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
+
+/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL library.
+   it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+   use the SDL_Version() macro.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDLCALL SDL_Linked_Version(void);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_version_h */

include/SDL_video.h

@@ -0,0 +1,897 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+#ifdef SAVE_RCSID
+static char rcsid =
+ "@(#) $Id: SDL_video.h,v 1.17 2004/01/04 16:49:08 slouken Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/* Header file for access to the SDL raw framebuffer window */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_video_h
+#define _SDL_video_h
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "SDL_types.h"
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Transparency definitions: These define alpha as the opacity of a surface */
+#define SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
+#define SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
+
+/* Useful data types */
+typedef struct {
+	Sint16 x, y;
+	Uint16 w, h;
+} SDL_Rect;
+
+typedef struct {
+	Uint8 r;
+	Uint8 g;
+	Uint8 b;
+	Uint8 unused;
+} SDL_Color;
+#define SDL_Colour SDL_Color
+
+typedef struct {
+	int       ncolors;
+	SDL_Color *colors;
+} SDL_Palette;
+
+/* Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only */
+typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat {
+	SDL_Palette *palette;
+	Uint8  BitsPerPixel;
+	Uint8  BytesPerPixel;
+	Uint8  Rloss;
+	Uint8  Gloss;
+	Uint8  Bloss;
+	Uint8  Aloss;
+	Uint8  Rshift;
+	Uint8  Gshift;
+	Uint8  Bshift;
+	Uint8  Ashift;
+	Uint32 Rmask;
+	Uint32 Gmask;
+	Uint32 Bmask;
+	Uint32 Amask;
+
+	/* RGB color key information */
+	Uint32 colorkey;
+	/* Alpha value information (per-surface alpha) */
+	Uint8  alpha;
+} SDL_PixelFormat;
+
+/* typedef for private surface blitting functions */
+struct SDL_Surface;
+typedef int (*SDL_blit)(struct SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
+			struct SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
+
+/* This structure should be treated as read-only, except for 'pixels',
+   which, if not NULL, contains the raw pixel data for the surface.
+*/
+typedef struct SDL_Surface {
+	Uint32 flags;				/* Read-only */
+	SDL_PixelFormat *format;		/* Read-only */
+	int w, h;				/* Read-only */
+	Uint16 pitch;				/* Read-only */
+	void *pixels;				/* Read-write */
+	int offset;				/* Private */
+
+	/* Hardware-specific surface info */
+	struct private_hwdata *hwdata;
+
+	/* clipping information */
+	SDL_Rect clip_rect;			/* Read-only */
+	Uint32 unused1;				/* for binary compatibility */
+
+	/* Allow recursive locks */
+	Uint32 locked;				/* Private */
+
+	/* info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces */
+	struct SDL_BlitMap *map;		/* Private */
+
+	/* format version, bumped at every change to invalidate blit maps */
+	unsigned int format_version;		/* Private */
+
+	/* Reference count -- used when freeing surface */
+	int refcount;				/* Read-mostly */
+} SDL_Surface;
+
+/* These are the currently supported flags for the SDL_surface */
+/* Available for SDL_CreateRGBSurface() or SDL_SetVideoMode() */
+#define SDL_SWSURFACE	0x00000000	/* Surface is in system memory */
+#define SDL_HWSURFACE	0x00000001	/* Surface is in video memory */
+#define SDL_ASYNCBLIT	0x00000004	/* Use asynchronous blits if possible */
+/* Available for SDL_SetVideoMode() */
+#define SDL_ANYFORMAT	0x10000000	/* Allow any video depth/pixel-format */
+#define SDL_HWPALETTE	0x20000000	/* Surface has exclusive palette */
+#define SDL_DOUBLEBUF	0x40000000	/* Set up double-buffered video mode */
+#define SDL_FULLSCREEN	0x80000000	/* Surface is a full screen display */
+#define SDL_OPENGL      0x00000002      /* Create an OpenGL rendering context */
+#define SDL_OPENGLBLIT	0x0000000A	/* Create an OpenGL rendering context and use it for blitting */
+#define SDL_RESIZABLE	0x00000010	/* This video mode may be resized */
+#define SDL_NOFRAME	0x00000020	/* No window caption or edge frame */
+/* Used internally (read-only) */
+#define SDL_HWACCEL	0x00000100	/* Blit uses hardware acceleration */
+#define SDL_SRCCOLORKEY	0x00001000	/* Blit uses a source color key */
+#define SDL_RLEACCELOK	0x00002000	/* Private flag */
+#define SDL_RLEACCEL	0x00004000	/* Surface is RLE encoded */
+#define SDL_SRCALPHA	0x00010000	/* Blit uses source alpha blending */
+#define SDL_PREALLOC	0x01000000	/* Surface uses preallocated memory */
+
+/* Evaluates to true if the surface needs to be locked before access */
+#define SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface)	\
+  (surface->offset ||		\
+  ((surface->flags & (SDL_HWSURFACE|SDL_ASYNCBLIT|SDL_RLEACCEL)) != 0))
+
+
+/* Useful for determining the video hardware capabilities */
+typedef struct {
+	Uint32 hw_available :1;	/* Flag: Can you create hardware surfaces? */
+	Uint32 wm_available :1;	/* Flag: Can you talk to a window manager? */
+	Uint32 UnusedBits1  :6;
+	Uint32 UnusedBits2  :1;
+	Uint32 blit_hw      :1;	/* Flag: Accelerated blits HW --> HW */
+	Uint32 blit_hw_CC   :1;	/* Flag: Accelerated blits with Colorkey */
+	Uint32 blit_hw_A    :1;	/* Flag: Accelerated blits with Alpha */
+	Uint32 blit_sw      :1;	/* Flag: Accelerated blits SW --> HW */
+	Uint32 blit_sw_CC   :1;	/* Flag: Accelerated blits with Colorkey */
+	Uint32 blit_sw_A    :1;	/* Flag: Accelerated blits with Alpha */
+	Uint32 blit_fill    :1;	/* Flag: Accelerated color fill */
+	Uint32 UnusedBits3  :16;
+	Uint32 video_mem;	/* The total amount of video memory (in K) */
+	SDL_PixelFormat *vfmt;	/* Value: The format of the video surface */
+} SDL_VideoInfo;
+
+
+/* The most common video overlay formats.
+   For an explanation of these pixel formats, see:
+	http://www.webartz.com/fourcc/indexyuv.htm
+
+   For information on the relationship between color spaces, see:
+   http://www.neuro.sfc.keio.ac.jp/~aly/polygon/info/color-space-faq.html
+ */
+#define SDL_YV12_OVERLAY  0x32315659	/* Planar mode: Y + V + U  (3 planes) */
+#define SDL_IYUV_OVERLAY  0x56555949	/* Planar mode: Y + U + V  (3 planes) */
+#define SDL_YUY2_OVERLAY  0x32595559	/* Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) */
+#define SDL_UYVY_OVERLAY  0x59565955	/* Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) */
+#define SDL_YVYU_OVERLAY  0x55595659	/* Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) */
+
+/* The YUV hardware video overlay */
+typedef struct SDL_Overlay {
+	Uint32 format;				/* Read-only */
+	int w, h;				/* Read-only */
+	int planes;				/* Read-only */
+	Uint16 *pitches;			/* Read-only */
+	Uint8 **pixels;				/* Read-write */
+
+	/* Hardware-specific surface info */
+	struct private_yuvhwfuncs *hwfuncs;
+	struct private_yuvhwdata *hwdata;
+
+	/* Special flags */
+	Uint32 hw_overlay :1;	/* Flag: This overlay hardware accelerated? */
+	Uint32 UnusedBits :31;
+} SDL_Overlay;
+
+
+/* Public enumeration for setting the OpenGL window attributes. */
+typedef enum {
+    SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
+    SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
+    SDL_GL_STEREO,
+    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
+    SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES
+} SDL_GLattr;
+
+/* flags for SDL_SetPalette() */
+#define SDL_LOGPAL 0x01
+#define SDL_PHYSPAL 0x02
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/* These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless you
+ * have a specific need to specify the video driver you want to use.
+ * You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
+ *
+ * SDL_VideoInit() initializes the video subsystem -- sets up a connection
+ * to the window manager, etc, and determines the current video mode and
+ * pixel format, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
+ * Note that event handling is activated by this routine.
+ *
+ * If you use both sound and video in your application, you need to call
+ * SDL_Init() before opening the sound device, otherwise under Win32 DirectX,
+ * you won't be able to set full-screen display modes.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_VideoInit(const char *driver_name, Uint32 flags);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_VideoQuit(void);
+
+/* This function fills the given character buffer with the name of the
+ * video driver, and returns a pointer to it if the video driver has
+ * been initialized.  It returns NULL if no driver has been initialized.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_VideoDriverName(char *namebuf, int maxlen);
+
+/*
+ * This function returns a pointer to the current display surface.
+ * If SDL is doing format conversion on the display surface, this
+ * function returns the publicly visible surface, not the real video
+ * surface.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_GetVideoSurface(void);
+
+/*
+ * This function returns a read-only pointer to information about the
+ * video hardware.  If this is called before SDL_SetVideoMode(), the 'vfmt'
+ * member of the returned structure will contain the pixel format of the
+ * "best" video mode.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDL_VideoInfo * SDLCALL SDL_GetVideoInfo(void);
+
+/* 
+ * Check to see if a particular video mode is supported.
+ * It returns 0 if the requested mode is not supported under any bit depth,
+ * or returns the bits-per-pixel of the closest available mode with the
+ * given width and height.  If this bits-per-pixel is different from the
+ * one used when setting the video mode, SDL_SetVideoMode() will succeed,
+ * but will emulate the requested bits-per-pixel with a shadow surface.
+ *
+ * The arguments to SDL_VideoModeOK() are the same ones you would pass to
+ * SDL_SetVideoMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_VideoModeOK(int width, int height, int bpp, Uint32 flags);
+
+/*
+ * Return a pointer to an array of available screen dimensions for the
+ * given format and video flags, sorted largest to smallest.  Returns 
+ * NULL if there are no dimensions available for a particular format, 
+ * or (SDL_Rect **)-1 if any dimension is okay for the given format.
+ *
+ * If 'format' is NULL, the mode list will be for the format given 
+ * by SDL_GetVideoInfo()->vfmt
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Rect ** SDLCALL SDL_ListModes(SDL_PixelFormat *format, Uint32 flags);
+
+/*
+ * Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel.
+ *
+ * If 'bpp' is 0, it is treated as the current display bits per pixel.
+ *
+ * If SDL_ANYFORMAT is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set the
+ * requested bits-per-pixel, but will return whatever video pixel format is
+ * available.  The default is to emulate the requested pixel format if it
+ * is not natively available.
+ *
+ * If SDL_HWSURFACE is set in 'flags', the video surface will be placed in
+ * video memory, if possible, and you may have to call SDL_LockSurface()
+ * in order to access the raw framebuffer.  Otherwise, the video surface
+ * will be created in system memory.
+ *
+ * If SDL_ASYNCBLIT is set in 'flags', SDL will try to perform rectangle
+ * updates asynchronously, but you must always lock before accessing pixels.
+ * SDL will wait for updates to complete before returning from the lock.
+ *
+ * If SDL_HWPALETTE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will guarantee
+ * that the colors set by SDL_SetColors() will be the colors you get.
+ * Otherwise, in 8-bit mode, SDL_SetColors() may not be able to set all
+ * of the colors exactly the way they are requested, and you should look
+ * at the video surface structure to determine the actual palette.
+ * If SDL cannot guarantee that the colors you request can be set, 
+ * i.e. if the colormap is shared, then the video surface may be created
+ * under emulation in system memory, overriding the SDL_HWSURFACE flag.
+ *
+ * If SDL_FULLSCREEN is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set
+ * a fullscreen video mode.  The default is to create a windowed mode
+ * if the current graphics system has a window manager.
+ * If the SDL library is able to set a fullscreen video mode, this flag 
+ * will be set in the surface that is returned.
+ *
+ * If SDL_DOUBLEBUF is set in 'flags', the SDL library will try to set up
+ * two surfaces in video memory and swap between them when you call 
+ * SDL_Flip().  This is usually slower than the normal single-buffering
+ * scheme, but prevents "tearing" artifacts caused by modifying video 
+ * memory while the monitor is refreshing.  It should only be used by 
+ * applications that redraw the entire screen on every update.
+ *
+ * If SDL_RESIZABLE is set in 'flags', the SDL library will allow the
+ * window manager, if any, to resize the window at runtime.  When this
+ * occurs, SDL will send a SDL_VIDEORESIZE event to you application,
+ * and you must respond to the event by re-calling SDL_SetVideoMode()
+ * with the requested size (or another size that suits the application).
+ *
+ * If SDL_NOFRAME is set in 'flags', the SDL library will create a window
+ * without any title bar or frame decoration.  Fullscreen video modes have
+ * this flag set automatically.
+ *
+ * This function returns the video framebuffer surface, or NULL if it fails.
+ *
+ * If you rely on functionality provided by certain video flags, check the
+ * flags of the returned surface to make sure that functionality is available.
+ * SDL will fall back to reduced functionality if the exact flags you wanted
+ * are not available.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_SetVideoMode
+			(int width, int height, int bpp, Uint32 flags);
+
+/*
+ * Makes sure the given list of rectangles is updated on the given screen.
+ * If 'x', 'y', 'w' and 'h' are all 0, SDL_UpdateRect will update the entire
+ * screen.
+ * These functions should not be called while 'screen' is locked.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UpdateRects
+		(SDL_Surface *screen, int numrects, SDL_Rect *rects);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UpdateRect
+		(SDL_Surface *screen, Sint32 x, Sint32 y, Uint32 w, Uint32 h);
+
+/*
+ * On hardware that supports double-buffering, this function sets up a flip
+ * and returns.  The hardware will wait for vertical retrace, and then swap
+ * video buffers before the next video surface blit or lock will return.
+ * On hardware that doesn not support double-buffering, this is equivalent
+ * to calling SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+ * The SDL_DOUBLEBUF flag must have been passed to SDL_SetVideoMode() when
+ * setting the video mode for this function to perform hardware flipping.
+ * This function returns 0 if successful, or -1 if there was an error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Flip(SDL_Surface *screen);
+
+/*
+ * Set the gamma correction for each of the color channels.
+ * The gamma values range (approximately) between 0.1 and 10.0
+ * 
+ * If this function isn't supported directly by the hardware, it will
+ * be emulated using gamma ramps, if available.  If successful, this
+ * function returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetGamma(float red, float green, float blue);
+
+/*
+ * Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
+ * of the video hardware.  Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
+ * representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
+ * The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
+ * gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
+ * 
+ * You may pass NULL for any of the channels to leave it unchanged.
+ * If the call succeeds, it will return 0.  If the display driver or
+ * hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
+ * this function will return -1.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetGammaRamp(const Uint16 *red, const Uint16 *green, const Uint16 *blue);
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve the current values of the gamma translation tables.
+ * 
+ * You must pass in valid pointers to arrays of 256 16-bit quantities.
+ * Any of the pointers may be NULL to ignore that channel.
+ * If the call succeeds, it will return 0.  If the display driver or
+ * hardware does not support gamma translation, or otherwise fails,
+ * this function will return -1.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetGammaRamp(Uint16 *red, Uint16 *green, Uint16 *blue);
+
+/*
+ * Sets a portion of the colormap for the given 8-bit surface.  If 'surface'
+ * is not a palettized surface, this function does nothing, returning 0.
+ * If all of the colors were set as passed to SDL_SetColors(), it will
+ * return 1.  If not all the color entries were set exactly as given,
+ * it will return 0, and you should look at the surface palette to
+ * determine the actual color palette.
+ *
+ * When 'surface' is the surface associated with the current display, the
+ * display colormap will be updated with the requested colors.  If 
+ * SDL_HWPALETTE was set in SDL_SetVideoMode() flags, SDL_SetColors()
+ * will always return 1, and the palette is guaranteed to be set the way
+ * you desire, even if the window colormap has to be warped or run under
+ * emulation.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColors(SDL_Surface *surface, 
+			SDL_Color *colors, int firstcolor, int ncolors);
+
+/*
+ * Sets a portion of the colormap for a given 8-bit surface.
+ * 'flags' is one or both of:
+ * SDL_LOGPAL  -- set logical palette, which controls how blits are mapped
+ *                to/from the surface,
+ * SDL_PHYSPAL -- set physical palette, which controls how pixels look on
+ *                the screen
+ * Only screens have physical palettes. Separate change of physical/logical
+ * palettes is only possible if the screen has SDL_HWPALETTE set.
+ *
+ * The return value is 1 if all colours could be set as requested, and 0
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * SDL_SetColors() is equivalent to calling this function with
+ *     flags = (SDL_LOGPAL|SDL_PHYSPAL).
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPalette(SDL_Surface *surface, int flags,
+				   SDL_Color *colors, int firstcolor,
+				   int ncolors);
+
+/*
+ * Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGB
+			(SDL_PixelFormat *format, Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
+
+/*
+ * Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGBA(SDL_PixelFormat *format,
+				   Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b, Uint8 a);
+
+/*
+ * Maps a pixel value into the RGB components for a given pixel format
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt,
+				Uint8 *r, Uint8 *g, Uint8 *b);
+
+/*
+ * Maps a pixel value into the RGBA components for a given pixel format
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt,
+				 Uint8 *r, Uint8 *g, Uint8 *b, Uint8 *a);
+
+/*
+ * Allocate and free an RGB surface (must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode)
+ * If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
+ * If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
+ * flags '[RGB]mask'.
+ * If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
+ *
+ * The 'flags' tell what kind of surface to create.
+ * SDL_SWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in system memory.
+ * SDL_HWSURFACE means that the surface should be created in video memory,
+ * with the same format as the display surface.  This is useful for surfaces
+ * that will not change much, to take advantage of hardware acceleration
+ * when being blitted to the display surface.
+ * SDL_ASYNCBLIT means that SDL will try to perform asynchronous blits with
+ * this surface, but you must always lock it before accessing the pixels.
+ * SDL will wait for current blits to finish before returning from the lock.
+ * SDL_SRCCOLORKEY indicates that the surface will be used for colorkey blits.
+ * If the hardware supports acceleration of colorkey blits between
+ * two surfaces in video memory, SDL will try to place the surface in
+ * video memory. If this isn't possible or if there is no hardware
+ * acceleration available, the surface will be placed in system memory.
+ * SDL_SRCALPHA means that the surface will be used for alpha blits and 
+ * if the hardware supports hardware acceleration of alpha blits between
+ * two surfaces in video memory, to place the surface in video memory
+ * if possible, otherwise it will be placed in system memory.
+ * If the surface is created in video memory, blits will be _much_ faster,
+ * but the surface format must be identical to the video surface format,
+ * and the only way to access the pixels member of the surface is to use
+ * the SDL_LockSurface() and SDL_UnlockSurface() calls.
+ * If the requested surface actually resides in video memory, SDL_HWSURFACE
+ * will be set in the flags member of the returned surface.  If for some
+ * reason the surface could not be placed in video memory, it will not have
+ * the SDL_HWSURFACE flag set, and will be created in system memory instead.
+ */
+#define SDL_AllocSurface    SDL_CreateRGBSurface
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurface
+			(Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth, 
+			Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
+			int width, int height, int depth, int pitch,
+			Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
+
+/*
+ * SDL_LockSurface() sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
+ * Between calls to SDL_LockSurface()/SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
+ * to and read from 'surface->pixels', using the pixel format stored in 
+ * 'surface->format'.  Once you are done accessing the surface, you should 
+ * use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
+ *
+ * Not all surfaces require locking.  If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
+ * to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
+ * pixel format of the surface will not change.  In particular, if the
+ * SDL_HWSURFACE flag is not given when calling SDL_SetVideoMode(), you
+ * will not need to lock the display surface before accessing it.
+ * 
+ * No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
+ * pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
+ *
+ * SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface *surface);
+
+/*
+ * Load a surface from a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
+ * If 'freesrc' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being read.
+ * Returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+ * The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
+
+/* Convenience macro -- load a surface from a file */
+#define SDL_LoadBMP(file)	SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
+
+/*
+ * Save a surface to a seekable SDL data source (memory or file.)
+ * If 'freedst' is non-zero, the source will be closed after being written.
+ * Returns 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
+		(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_RWops *dst, int freedst);
+
+/* Convenience macro -- save a surface to a file */
+#define SDL_SaveBMP(surface, file) \
+		SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
+
+/*
+ * Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
+ * If 'flag' is SDL_SRCCOLORKEY (optionally OR'd with SDL_RLEACCEL), 
+ * 'key' will be the transparent pixel in the source image of a blit.
+ * SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the surface if present,
+ * and removes RLE acceleration if absent.
+ * If 'flag' is 0, this function clears any current color key.
+ * This function returns 0, or -1 if there was an error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColorKey
+			(SDL_Surface *surface, Uint32 flag, Uint32 key);
+
+/*
+ * This function sets the alpha value for the entire surface, as opposed to
+ * using the alpha component of each pixel. This value measures the range
+ * of transparency of the surface, 0 being completely transparent to 255
+ * being completely opaque. An 'alpha' value of 255 causes blits to be
+ * opaque, the source pixels copied to the destination (the default). Note
+ * that per-surface alpha can be combined with colorkey transparency.
+ *
+ * If 'flag' is 0, alpha blending is disabled for the surface.
+ * If 'flag' is SDL_SRCALPHA, alpha blending is enabled for the surface.
+ * OR:ing the flag with SDL_RLEACCEL requests RLE acceleration for the
+ * surface; if SDL_RLEACCEL is not specified, the RLE accel will be removed.
+ *
+ * The 'alpha' parameter is ignored for surfaces that have an alpha channel.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetAlpha(SDL_Surface *surface, Uint32 flag, Uint8 alpha);
+
+/*
+ * Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+ *
+ * If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
+ * If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
+ * return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped.  Otherwise the
+ * function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
+ * the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
+ *
+ * Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
+ * and destination surfaces.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface *surface, const SDL_Rect *rect);
+
+/*
+ * Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+ * 'rect' must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
+ * with the correct values.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_Rect *rect);
+
+/*
+ * Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps 
+ * the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as 
+ * fast as possible.  If this function fails, it returns NULL.
+ *
+ * The 'flags' parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those 
+ * semantics.  You can also pass SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
+ * SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
+ * surface.
+ *
+ * This function is used internally by SDL_DisplayFormat().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurface
+			(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_PixelFormat *fmt, Uint32 flags);
+
+/*
+ * This performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination
+ * surface.  It assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
+ * the same size.  If either 'srcrect' or 'dstrect' are NULL, the entire
+ * surface (src or dst) is copied.  The final blit rectangles are saved
+ * in 'srcrect' and 'dstrect' after all clipping is performed.
+ * If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
+ *
+ * The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
+ *
+ * The blit semantics for surfaces with and without alpha and colorkey
+ * are defined as follows:
+ *
+ * RGBA->RGB:
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+ * 	alpha-blend (using alpha-channel).
+ * 	SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+ * 	copy RGB.
+ * 	if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ * 	RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
+ * 	comparison.
+ * 
+ * RGB->RGBA:
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+ * 	alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value);
+ * 	set destination alpha to opaque.
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+ * 	copy RGB, set destination alpha to source per-surface alpha value.
+ *     both:
+ * 	if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ * 	source colour key.
+ * 
+ * RGBA->RGBA:
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+ * 	alpha-blend (using the source alpha channel) the RGB values;
+ * 	leave destination alpha untouched. [Note: is this correct?]
+ * 	SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+ * 	copy all of RGBA to the destination.
+ * 	if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ * 	RGB values of the source colour key, ignoring alpha in the
+ * 	comparison.
+ * 
+ * RGB->RGB: 
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA set:
+ * 	alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha value).
+ *     SDL_SRCALPHA not set:
+ * 	copy RGB.
+ *     both:
+ * 	if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ * 	source colour key.
+ *
+ * If either of the surfaces were in video memory, and the blit returns -2,
+ * the video memory was lost, so it should be reloaded with artwork and 
+ * re-blitted:
+	while ( SDL_BlitSurface(image, imgrect, screen, dstrect) == -2 ) {
+		while ( SDL_LockSurface(image) < 0 )
+			Sleep(10);
+		-- Write image pixels to image->pixels --
+		SDL_UnlockSurface(image);
+	}
+ * This happens under DirectX 5.0 when the system switches away from your
+ * fullscreen application.  The lock will also fail until you have access
+ * to the video memory again.
+ */
+/* You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
+   blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions.
+*/
+#define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
+
+/* This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
+   rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlit
+			(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
+			 SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
+/* This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
+   blitting only.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlit
+			(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
+			 SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
+
+/*
+ * This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with 'color'
+ * The given rectangle is clipped to the destination surface clip area
+ * and the final fill rectangle is saved in the passed in pointer.
+ * If 'dstrect' is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with 'color'
+ * The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and 
+ * can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
+ * This function returns 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRect
+		(SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect, Uint32 color);
+
+/* 
+ * This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
+ * pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer, suitable for fast
+ * blitting onto the display surface.  It calls SDL_ConvertSurface()
+ *
+ * If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
+ * acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
+ * calling this function.
+ *
+ * If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_DisplayFormat(SDL_Surface *surface);
+
+/* 
+ * This function takes a surface and copies it to a new surface of the
+ * pixel format and colors of the video framebuffer (if possible),
+ * suitable for fast alpha blitting onto the display surface.
+ * The new surface will always have an alpha channel.
+ *
+ * If you want to take advantage of hardware colorkey or alpha blit
+ * acceleration, you should set the colorkey and alpha value before
+ * calling this function.
+ *
+ * If the conversion fails or runs out of memory, it returns NULL
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_DisplayFormatAlpha(SDL_Surface *surface);
+
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* YUV video surface overlay functions                                       */
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+/* This function creates a video output overlay
+   Calling the returned surface an overlay is something of a misnomer because
+   the contents of the display surface underneath the area where the overlay
+   is shown is undefined - it may be overwritten with the converted YUV data.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Overlay * SDLCALL SDL_CreateYUVOverlay(int width, int height,
+				Uint32 format, SDL_Surface *display);
+
+/* Lock an overlay for direct access, and unlock it when you are done */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
+
+/* Blit a video overlay to the display surface.
+   The contents of the video surface underneath the blit destination are
+   not defined.  
+   The width and height of the destination rectangle may be different from
+   that of the overlay, but currently only 2x scaling is supported.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_DisplayYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
+
+/* Free a video overlay */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeYUVOverlay(SDL_Overlay *overlay);
+
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* OpenGL support functions.                                                 */
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+/*
+ * Dynamically load a GL driver, if SDL is built with dynamic GL.
+ *
+ * SDL links normally with the OpenGL library on your system by default,
+ * but you can compile it to dynamically load the GL driver at runtime.
+ * If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
+ * your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
+ *
+ * This is disabled in default builds of SDL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
+
+/*
+ * Get the address of a GL function (for extension functions)
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(const char* proc);
+
+/*
+ * Set an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem before intialization.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int value);
+
+/*
+ * Get an attribute of the OpenGL subsystem from the windowing
+ * interface, such as glX. This is of course different from getting
+ * the values from SDL's internal OpenGL subsystem, which only
+ * stores the values you request before initialization.
+ *
+ * Developers should track the values they pass into SDL_GL_SetAttribute
+ * themselves if they want to retrieve these values.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int* value);
+
+/*
+ * Swap the OpenGL buffers, if double-buffering is supported.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_SwapBuffers(void);
+
+/*
+ * Internal functions that should not be called unless you have read
+ * and understood the source code for these functions.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_UpdateRects(int numrects, SDL_Rect* rects);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_Lock(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_Unlock(void);
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+/* These functions allow interaction with the window manager, if any.        */
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+/*
+ * Sets/Gets the title and icon text of the display window
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WM_SetCaption(const char *title, const char *icon);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WM_GetCaption(char **title, char **icon);
+
+/*
+ * Sets the icon for the display window.
+ * This function must be called before the first call to SDL_SetVideoMode().
+ * It takes an icon surface, and a mask in MSB format.
+ * If 'mask' is NULL, the entire icon surface will be used as the icon.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WM_SetIcon(SDL_Surface *icon, Uint8 *mask);
+
+/*
+ * This function iconifies the window, and returns 1 if it succeeded.
+ * If the function succeeds, it generates an SDL_APPACTIVE loss event.
+ * This function is a noop and returns 0 in non-windowed environments.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WM_IconifyWindow(void);
+
+/*
+ * Toggle fullscreen mode without changing the contents of the screen.
+ * If the display surface does not require locking before accessing
+ * the pixel information, then the memory pointers will not change.
+ *
+ * If this function was able to toggle fullscreen mode (change from 
+ * running in a window to fullscreen, or vice-versa), it will return 1.
+ * If it is not implemented, or fails, it returns 0.
+ *
+ * The next call to SDL_SetVideoMode() will set the mode fullscreen
+ * attribute based on the flags parameter - if SDL_FULLSCREEN is not
+ * set, then the display will be windowed by default where supported.
+ *
+ * This is currently only implemented in the X11 video driver.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WM_ToggleFullScreen(SDL_Surface *surface);
+
+/*
+ * This function allows you to set and query the input grab state of
+ * the application.  It returns the new input grab state.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+	SDL_GRAB_QUERY = -1,
+	SDL_GRAB_OFF = 0,
+	SDL_GRAB_ON = 1,
+	SDL_GRAB_FULLSCREEN	/* Used internally */
+} SDL_GrabMode;
+/*
+ * Grabbing means that the mouse is confined to the application window,
+ * and nearly all keyboard input is passed directly to the application,
+ * and not interpreted by a window manager, if any.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GrabMode SDLCALL SDL_WM_GrabInput(SDL_GrabMode mode);
+
+/* Not in public API at the moment - do not use! */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface *src, SDL_Rect *srcrect,
+                                    SDL_Surface *dst, SDL_Rect *dstrect);
+                    
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_video_h */

include/begin_code.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+/* This file sets things up for C dynamic library function definitions,
+   static inlined functions, and structures aligned at 4-byte alignment.
+   If you don't like ugly C preprocessor code, don't look at this file. :)
+*/
+
+/* This shouldn't be nested -- included it around code only. */
+#ifdef _begin_code_h
+#error Nested inclusion of begin_code.h
+#endif
+#define _begin_code_h
+
+/* Make sure the correct platform symbols are defined */
+#if !defined(WIN32) && defined(_WIN32)
+#define WIN32
+#endif /* Windows */
+
+/* Some compilers use a special export keyword */
+#ifndef DECLSPEC
+# ifdef __BEOS__
+#  if defined(__GNUC__)
+#   define DECLSPEC	__declspec(dllexport)
+#  else
+#   define DECLSPEC	__declspec(export)
+#  endif
+# else
+# ifdef WIN32
+#  ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#   ifdef BUILD_SDL
+#    define DECLSPEC 
+#   else
+#    define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllimport)
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define DECLSPEC	__declspec(dllexport)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define DECLSPEC
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* By default SDL uses the C calling convention */
+#ifndef SDLCALL
+#ifdef WIN32
+#define SDLCALL __cdecl
+#else
+#define SDLCALL
+#endif
+#endif /* SDLCALL */
+
+/* Removed DECLSPEC on Symbian OS because SDL cannot be a DLL in EPOC */
+#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__ 
+#undef DECLSPEC
+#define DECLSPEC
+#endif /* __SYMBIAN32__ */
+
+/* Force structure packing at 4 byte alignment.
+   This is necessary if the header is included in code which has structure
+   packing set to an alternate value, say for loading structures from disk.
+   The packing is reset to the previous value in close_code.h
+ */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning(disable: 4103)
+#endif
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma nopackwarning
+#endif
+#pragma pack(push,4)
+#elif (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(macintosh))
+#pragma options align=mac68k4byte
+#pragma enumsalwaysint on
+#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
+
+/* Set up compiler-specific options for inlining functions */
+#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#else
+/* Add any special compiler-specific cases here */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || \
+    defined(__DMC__) || defined(__SC__) || \
+    defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__LCC__)
+#ifndef __inline__
+#define __inline__	__inline
+#endif
+#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#else
+#if !defined(__MRC__) && !defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
+#define __inline__ inline
+#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#endif /* Not a funky compiler */
+#endif /* Visual C++ */
+#endif /* GNU C */
+#endif /* SDL_INLINE_OKAY */
+
+/* If inlining isn't supported, remove "__inline__", turning static
+   inlined functions into static functions (resulting in code bloat
+   in all files which include the offending header files)
+*/
+#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#define __inline__
+#endif
+
+/* Apparently this is needed by several Windows compilers */
+#if !defined(__MACH__)
+#ifndef NULL
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define NULL 0
+#else
+#define NULL ((void *)0)
+#endif
+#endif /* NULL */
+#endif /* ! MacOS X - breaks precompiled headers */

include/close_code.h

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+    SDL - Simple DirectMedia Layer
+    Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Sam Lantinga
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+    Sam Lantinga
+    slouken@libsdl.org
+*/
+
+/* This file reverses the effects of begin_code.h and should be included
+   after you finish any function and structure declarations in your headers
+*/
+
+#undef _begin_code_h
+
+/* Reset structure packing at previous byte alignment */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)  || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma nopackwarning
+#endif
+#if (defined(__MWERKS__) && defined(macintosh))
+#pragma options align=reset
+#pragma enumsalwaysint reset
+#else
+#pragma pack(pop)
+#endif
+#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
+